summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/36009.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to '36009.txt')
-rw-r--r--36009.txt7022
1 files changed, 7022 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/36009.txt b/36009.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4319b71
--- /dev/null
+++ b/36009.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,7022 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of A Book Written by the Spirits of the
+So-Called Dead, by C. G. Helleberg
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: A Book Written by the Spirits of the So-Called Dead
+
+Author: C. G. Helleberg
+
+Release Date: May 1, 2011 [EBook #36009]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A BOOK WRITTEN BY THE ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Bryan Ness and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was
+produced from images generously made available by The
+Internet Archive.)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration: C. G. Helleberg]
+
+
+
+
+ A BOOK
+ WRITTEN BY THE
+ SPIRITS OF THE SO-CALLED DEAD,
+
+ WITH THEIR OWN MATERIALIZED HANDS, BY THE
+ PROCESS OF INDEPENDENT SLATE-WRITING,
+
+ THROUGH
+ MRS. LIZZIE S. GREEN AND OTHERS,
+ AS MEDIUMS.
+
+
+ COMPILED AND ARRANGED BY
+ C. G. HELLEBERG,
+ OF CINCINNATI, OHIO.
+
+
+ Life is real! life is earnest!
+ And the grave is not its goal.
+ Dust thou art, to dust returnest,
+ Was not written of the soul.
+ --LONGFELLOW.
+
+
+ CINCINNATI:
+ 1883.
+
+
+
+
+ COPYRIGHTED, 1882,
+ BY C. G. HELLEBERG.
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS.
+
+
+ PAGE
+ CHAPTER I.
+
+ Introduction and Biographical Sketches of C. G. Helleberg,
+ Madam Fredrika Ehrenborg, and Mrs. Lizzie T. Green 1
+
+
+ CHAPTER II.
+
+ First Investigations with Mrs. Laura Mosser and Mrs. Cooper 6
+
+
+ CHAPTER III.
+
+ Remarkable Materialization Seance--Letters from Mrs. Ehrenborg
+ describing Inhabitants of other Planets 14
+
+
+ CHAPTER IV.
+
+ Madam Ehrenborg and others Materialize 23
+
+
+ CHAPTER V.
+
+ Investigations by Mrs. Jennie McKee--First Letter from Emanuel
+ Swedenborg and Communications from Polheim and others--Received
+ five beautiful Flowers from Madam Ehrenborg 26
+
+
+ CHAPTER VI.
+
+ Mrs. McKee passes away and her Spirit arranges her own Funeral 33
+
+
+ CHAPTER VII.
+
+ Investigations with Mrs. Green--Remarkable dark Trumpet Seance,
+ at which I received a most beautiful Flower from my Son Emil
+ and Miss Mary Muth 36
+
+
+ CHAPTER VIII.
+
+ Sure Identity of my Father-in-Law--Madam Ehrenborg writes to me
+ in Swedish 40
+
+
+ CHAPTER IX.
+
+ Information of a Spiritual Marriage--The Wedding and the Wedding
+ Tour to the Planet Mars 45
+
+
+ CHAPTER X.
+
+ Description of the Journey to Mars, and wonderful Information
+ furnished by Madam Ehrenborg 54
+
+
+ CHAPTER XI.
+
+ Communications from Emanuel Swedenborg 108
+
+
+ CHAPTER XII.
+
+ Communications from George Washington 141
+
+
+ CHAPTER XIII.
+
+ Communications from my Son Emil about Ex-President Garfield--
+ Greetings from Madam Ehrenborg--Letter from Rev. Goddard and
+ Swedenborg's Answer 157
+
+
+ CHAPTER XIV.
+
+ Communications from President Garfield, Madam Ehrenborg,
+ Governor J. D. Williams, President Abraham Lincoln, Judge
+ Edmonds 163
+
+
+ CHAPTER XV.
+
+ New Years' Greetings from many of my dear Spirit Friends and
+ near Relations 170
+
+
+ CHAPTER XVI.
+
+ A Prayer from Madam Ehrenborg 173
+
+
+ CHAPTER XVII.
+
+ Greeting from Horace Greeley, J. G. Bennett, and Henry J.
+ Raymond to F. B. Plimpton, Associate Editor of the Cincinnati
+ Daily Commercial 176
+
+
+ CHAPTER XVIII.
+
+ Communications from Horace Greeley, Governor O. P. Morton,
+ A. P. Willard 180
+
+
+ CHAPTER XIX.
+
+ Communications from the Drunkard, a Miser, William Gailard,
+ William Lloyd Garrison, Wilberforce, Tecumseh, a Suicide 187
+
+
+ CHAPTER XX.
+
+ Communications from Thomas Paine, Margaret Fuller, and Thanks
+ of Spirits 199
+
+
+ CHAPTER XXI--APPENDIX.
+
+ Mrs. Green's Medial History 204
+
+
+ CHAPTER XXII.
+
+ A Visit to Split Rock, Kentucky--Christmas Greetings from
+ Ida to her Parents--Annie Winterburn to her Brother, John
+ Winterburn, and his Testimony, and her Farewell to the Medium,
+ Mrs. Green 222
+
+
+ CHAPTER XXIII.
+
+ A Spirit peels a Banana, eats some of it, and divides the rest
+ in four equal parts--Reports of Cincinnati Enquirer about
+ Spirit Seances at Mrs. Green's 231
+
+
+ CHAPTER XXIV.
+
+ Extracts from each of two Funeral Discourses by Bishop Simpson
+ and Rev. W. H. Thomas, D. D., with Conclusions of C. G.
+ Helleberg 239
+
+
+
+
+ERRATA.
+
+
+ Page 3, line 26, for most communications, read most of the
+ communications.
+ " 24, line 7, for Mrs. Stebbins, read Mr. Stebbins.
+ " 29, line 18, for are, read is.
+ " 30, line 27, for their, read his.
+ " 30, line 28, for them, read him.
+ " 34, line 8, for was, read were.
+ " 35, line 1, for this is, read these are.
+ " 46, line 2, for me and my wife, read my wife and I.
+ " 49, line 7, for Edward, read Edwin.
+ " 50, line 15, for Guthof, read Gustaf.
+ " 51, line 26, for thy, read the.
+ " 57, line 16, for were, read was.
+ " 60, line 6, for me, read us.
+ " 60, line 26, for a, read the.
+ " 63, line 21, for our, read the.
+ " 68, line 8, for miscreants, read misdeeds.
+ " 69, line 4, for Daniel, read David.
+ " 69, line 31, for laws, read love.
+ " 71, line 24, for nearly, read nearly a third.
+ " 76, line 30, for ever, read ever surging.
+ " 77, line 9, for of more, read of the more.
+ " 77, line 30, for rivulet, read violent.
+ " 80, line 27, for of, read and.
+ " 82, line 13, for formed, read former.
+ " 83, last line read, and out of the ambient.
+ " 84, line 17, for then, read there.
+ " 86, line 1, for mighty, read weighty.
+ " 88, line 20, omit again regained, and read required.
+ " 90, line 14, for glory, read misery.
+ " 91, next to last line for when, read where.
+ " 94, line 16, for constitutional, read constituent.
+ " 100, line 26, for beautiful, read beautifully.
+ " 101, line 5, for originated, read originating.
+ " 107, line 18, for you, read your.
+ " 109, last line, for question, read questioned.
+ " 111, line 18, for figures, read pigmies.
+ " 115, line 10, for needs, read needs but.
+ " 120, line 6, for or, read are.
+ " 121, line 14, for early, read latter.
+ " 133, line 22, for unbeliefs, read erroneous belief.
+ " 136, line 11, for hearsay, read heresy.
+ " 147, line 28, for he, read the.
+ " 157, line 22, for with, read by.
+ " 165, last line, for you thought, read your thoughts.
+ " 167, line 14, for nationalism, read rationalism, etc.
+ " 174, line 4, for almighty, read mighty.
+ " 174, last line for to, read through.
+ " 180, line 24, for arises, read arise.
+ " 183, line 3, for pacified, read purified.
+ " 184, line 27, for subsequent, read consequent.
+ " 187, line 25, for trifling, read toiling.
+ " 200, line 5, for actuate, read actuates.
+ " 200, line 23, for adapting, read adopting.
+ " 210, line 30, for J. & J. W. Gaff, read T. & J. W. Gaff.
+ " 211, line 14, for mission, read vision.
+ " 211, line 19, for literary, read literally.
+ " 221, line next to bottom, for assimilation, read dissemination.
+ " 231, line 2, for bonana, read banana.
+ " 240, line 21, for of, read to.
+
+
+
+
+SPIRIT COMMUNICATIONS.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+INTRODUCTION.
+
+
+The communications in this little volume, purporting to come from
+disembodied spirits, came in the manner hereinafter stated, and all that I
+had to do with them was to faithfully and to the letter transcribe them
+from the slate on which they were written into blank memorandum books
+which I procured for the purpose. Before laying before the reader the
+_modus operandi_ of their delivery, I deem it proper that I should give a
+brief outline of my own history, especially do I feel the importance of
+this since I am little known outside of the circle of my immediate
+acquaintances. It has always been my aim in life to live uprightly before
+God and man, and as to the success of this noble purpose, formed in early
+life, I may confidently refer to my neighbors, and many of the leading
+citizens of Cincinnati, Ohio, with whom I have enjoyed an intimate social
+and business acquaintance for nearly forty years. I do not know why I
+should have been made the recipient and custodian of the truly remarkable
+spirit communications contained in the following pages, except from a long
+lifetime of honest endeavor to do right I was deemed worthy, and from the
+additional consideration that the spirits interested in the work knew I
+would cordially co-operate with them in laying the matter presented before
+the world, and that, happily, I possessed the pecuniary means to do so.
+
+I was born at Grafriset, near Fahlun, in the kingdom of Sweden, March 1,
+1811, and have now passed my seventy-first year. At the age of sixteen I
+entered the Swedish army, and at nineteen became a student at Upsala
+University, where I remained for two years. After rendering military
+service for five years, and passing a successful examination, I was
+permitted to enter the civil service of my country. In the capacity of
+land surveyor I served for over ten years, when a desire to personally
+witness the workings of republican institutions induced me to make an
+application to travel in foreign countries, which permission I obtained
+for the period of two years. In 1844 I left my native land for the United
+States, and in 1845 located at Cincinnati, Ohio, and soon thereafter
+engaged in the art of daguerreotyping, and afterwards photographing, and
+in the following year married Miss Annie E. Franks, daughter of Frederick
+Franks, a leading and influential citizen of the city, who is still
+remembered as the proprietor of Cincinnati's early famous museum. In
+religion I was raised a Lutheran, but at the time (1879) of embracing
+spiritualism and for thirty years preceding I was a devout and earnest
+Swedenborgian. I commenced the investigation of spiritual phenomena in
+1879, and soon became convinced of the sublime truths of the spiritual
+philosophy.
+
+As in the following pages the exalted spirit of Madam Fredrika Ehrenborg
+imparts, among other things, marvelous information in regard to the
+Planet Mars, of our solar system, it is deemed fitting that somewhat of
+her history should be made known in this connection:
+
+She was born March 15, 1794, in the Province of Wermland, in the kingdom
+of Sweden, and at the age of seventeen married a highly esteemed nobleman,
+Casper Isac Michael Ehrenborg. He left the body in 1823, and was at the
+time Chief Justice of Sweden. Madam Ehrenborg was an enthusiastic
+Swedenborgian, and she passed to the higher life in the Swedish city of
+Linkoeping on the 20th of May, 1873. Her life in many respects was an
+eventful one, and largely devoted to literary pursuits. She translated
+writings on religious subjects from several languages into Swedish, and
+wrote books and pamphlets in the interest of Swedenborgianism, and visited
+England, Switzerland, Denmark, Germany and France in search of materials
+for her works. It was not my good fortune to have met this eminent lady
+during her mortal life, but I happily enjoyed a truly instructive and
+pleasant correspondence with her during the last three years of her life
+in the form.
+
+I commenced my investigations in September, 1881, with the celebrated
+medium Mrs. Lizzie S. Green, through whose mediumship most of the
+communications to follow were written. For ten months I had never less
+than two sittings a week, and the largest portion of that time four per
+week, and have had ample opportunities to study her true character. As the
+result I am justified by the truth in proclaiming to the world my thorough
+conviction of her honesty, purity and simplicity of character. Her
+education, as I have been informed, was sadly neglected in youth, and she
+has had few opportunities to improve in later years. She married the Hon.
+Edward H. Green, of Aurora, Indiana, before her eighteenth year, and has
+devoted her succeeding years until recently to the domestic duties of life
+and to the raising of a family, of whom only one, a daughter, survives.
+Her husband served with ability a numerous and intelligent constituency in
+the Indiana legislature of 1866-7, and served recently and to general
+acceptance two terms of two years each as Mayor of Aurora, Indiana, his
+native city.
+
+The communications of spirits contained in this volume were written by the
+spirits with their own materialized hands, and the process was generally
+as follows: A small stand of the ordinary kind in construction, covered by
+a table cloth, was used, the medium placing with one hand under the
+covering of the stand a slate on which was placed a small piece of pencil.
+The other hand of the medium was continually exposed to full view, as was
+also her entire form. Both double and single slates were used. We heard
+the writing as it progressed, and when the slate was filled it would be
+indicated by distinct taps on the slate and the dropping of the pencil.
+The slate would be then taken out, and as the chosen scribe I would
+faithfully transcribe the written matter into the book aforementioned, and
+the slate would then be cleaned and returned under the stand, and in this
+manner all the matter hereinafter set forth was produced. I have reported
+it _verbatim et literatim_, without changing it in the slightest degree,
+neither adding nor taking therefrom a single word. Each sitting would
+occupy from one to two hours, and in broad daylight. I have taken occasion
+to preface some of these communications with a few lines, by way of
+explanation and to secure clearness of understanding in relation to them.
+
+This volume is truly a book written by the spirits themselves, and
+whatever merit it may possess, they alone are entitled to the credit, and
+whatever of demerit, if any, they alone are chargeable and responsible. Of
+one thing both the mediums and myself can truly avouch, and are willing to
+solemnize with our oaths, namely, that we had nothing whatever to do with
+the production of the communications except so far as we may have aided
+the communicating intelligences by furnishing them with the necessary and
+required conditions.
+
+I launch forth the work not, however, without misgivings as to its
+reception and fate in this age of incredulity and skepticism, and my only
+hope is that it may be instrumental in doing good, if but only in a feeble
+degree, which alone will be ample compensation for my time and labor.
+
+CARL GUSTAF HELLEBERG.
+
+_177 Auburn street, Cincinnati, Ohio._
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+
+My investigations of spiritualism commenced with the excellent medium,
+Mrs. Laura Mosser, now Mrs. Carter, through whose mediumship I had the
+first slate-writing, August 31, 1879, at her residence, No. 253 Laurel
+street, Cincinnati, Ohio, from my spirit friend, William Gailard, and my
+dear son Emil. My truth-loving friend, Mr. S. G. Anderson, at my request,
+introduced me to Mrs. Mosser, at her residence, where we both on a clear
+Sunday morning, after we had some communications between a double slate
+from Mr. Gailard and my son, saw a spirit hand between us, into which Mr.
+Anderson put his handkerchief, which was taken under the stand, and
+afterwards came out tied in three knots. It was written on the slate at
+the same time that Mr. Anderson's two sisters and his brother John, who
+all many years ago had passed away in Sweden, each of them had tied a
+knot. During this occurrence we had Mrs. Mosser in full view, who was
+rocking in a rocking chair, and the only part hidden was her right hand
+when it held the slate under the small stand. From this remarkable result
+I concluded to go on with the investigation, and had many interesting
+communications, mostly concerning family relations, until the 8th of
+December, 1880, when I became acquainted with that most respectable lady,
+Mrs. Annie Cooper, who is a true and honest medium. Through her gifts I
+had many wonderful manifestations, consisting of slate-writings and
+materializations, etc. I will mention only a few. On the 11th May, 1881,
+among other things which appeared on the slate was the following:
+
+"Good morning, my dear friend. Across the deep I have communicated to you.
+With great pleasure I accept the opportunity of still doing so. I am
+anxious that all I hold dear should understand this phenomenon. Hope
+lingers around me that I shall be able to make myself known as if on
+earth. One thing I thank you for, the kind appreciation of a small tribute
+of friendship I tried to bestow. Every day since I came here I have
+learned something. Knowledge is not stopped by the change. My friend, many
+persons think that when the change called death comes and the spirit is
+released from the body, it becomes perfect at once. That is a mistake; we
+come out of the earthly body with all the propensities which actuate us
+while in it, and we come out of them only as we are educated and progress.
+Oh, dear friend, I can see now that there are many human beings dazed at
+the wiles of mistakes made by early education, instead of looking up to
+something higher and brighter. Yes, man still asks, with prayerful heart,
+what are his wants to be in the future? and why was he born? and why does
+he die? Oh, why does man mourn over a law that was ordained for the
+benefit of all mankind? Why tears fall when he stands where the form of
+some loved one is laid? Is hope gone? Yes, because they know not where
+they are gone and what they are now. No one should mourn at death, for
+death is as legitimate as birth. Yes, no science, with all its bright
+knowledge, has been able to penetrate this system or sphere peopled by
+those who once dwelt as you do now. Oh, if suffering humanity could
+realize these beautiful truths, it would remove every doubt and dispel
+every fear that death transports man far away from earthly loved ones. My
+dear friend, to you this knowledge has been like a gentle zephyr that
+cools the cheeks on a warm summer evening. I am happy to be able to see
+you in possession of these noble sentiments. Let eternal progression be
+engraved on your banner and you will soar far above doubt and mystery,
+that surround so many in earth life. Man no longer bows to an angry God,
+nor needs a mediator to propitiate him. I am so happy to be able now to
+enjoy and fully realize what I believed to be true, with but little
+besides my own evidence and knowledge to convince me that it was a truth.
+I have been reproved even for an acknowledgment, but all do not understand
+alike. I was fully assured before my spirit left the physical habitation
+for spiritual inheritance that I was surrounded by angels, kind and
+loving, guarding and guiding me to a higher and better life. I passed
+through as if in a gentle slumber, awakening to meet many bright faces,
+yes, too many to number, that had gone before and landed safely on the
+bright, celestial shore. Earthly views can not comprehend heavenly joys.
+Oh, think of it, my friend, to meet those to whom you are bound to by the
+ties of nature in early affection, never, never to part again, but to
+dwell in the light of a harmonious atmosphere of love, surrounded by
+angels and music from the bright realms above. There is no end to life,
+the spirit is eternal, and as we travel onward we can look upward in hope,
+for there is always something above. I will be able to communicate to you
+on different subjects the next interview. Give my love to your dear lady.
+I will now call on her, and we will yet meet, but not as strangers. In the
+language of flowers, we remember in the sweet forget me not.[1] Adieu for
+the present. Your most sincere friend,
+
+ "FREDRIKA EHRENBORG."
+
+
+This was the first communication between the double slate from Madam
+Ehrenborg, and on the 19th of May she gave another one, as follows:
+
+"Good morning, my clear friend. In love and justice for your kindness I
+come this morning. I feel like writing on that subject, justice, for it
+enters into the divine unfolding of eternity. Millions stand at the bar of
+the great tribune waiting to hear their sentence pronounced. Justice
+enters into the majesty of universal law. What generation can gather it
+and hold it in their embrace? Yes, justice is the universal law, that no
+age, no nation can control or hold in subjection. When they have gained
+one step in the right direction they may then think they have gained it
+all, but as we ascend the steps to that mighty throne of infinity we see
+justice beyond the ken of hundreds of humanity that have passed away.
+Justice is so unlimited we can compass only a part of it, according to the
+knowledge we possess, and have cultivated the principal subject of the
+development. No people or nation can make laws to govern any other nation
+or people who can succeed them or figure on this planet. What can finite
+man do to control the Infinite? Can he gather and control the winds and
+the seasons as they come and go with all their powerful influences on the
+globe? No; neither can he gather and control the developments of minds, or
+subject them to any law that he may enact. History records the rise and
+fall of empires; behold, they have all passed away; each gives place to
+another form of government, better adapted to the wants and conditions of
+the then existing humanity. Dear friend, the heavenly trees are filled
+with divine fruit, whose beauty is reflected to earth. Truth is mightier
+than man, sharper than a two-edged sword, and it will mow down every
+obstacle in the way of progress. The spirit world is united in trying to
+lay the corner-stone of a temple so large that it will contain the whole
+human family. Oh, how grand when all can offer up the highest tribute of
+love to the divine unfolding spirit, and receive the sacred knowledge and
+love which shall bring humanity together in peace and harmony, then in
+truth all will be free. It gives me renewed strength to see the new and
+beautiful ideas floating about, spirit messengers wafted to earth,
+blending with man, woman and child as they go forth clearing the pathway
+to their eternal home, where all is love and harmony. The light of this
+beautiful truth is fast dawning, and suffering mortals will awake in joy
+to the light of it, and be crowned in the glory of the morning. It is not
+hard for spirits to communicate with friends on earth, but often difficult
+to have conditions. Man must have some spirituality in his soul before he
+can realize the truth that his loved ones are waiting, willing to help him
+upwards as they stand on the bright, celestial shore. Dear friend, I am
+sure I am gaining power, and would be able to say a great deal in a short
+time through this medium if no change of conditions come. I hope to help
+you to do what you so much desire. I can go to my dear friends across the
+water and help you by impressing them that all is true. Now I must
+withdraw, but will be very happy to come again to you, and give you all
+the knowledge I can. I am glad to see you so interested in learning what
+can only be taught by those who have passed the sands of earth life, and
+are happy exploring the unexplored field of life beyond. Good by, go on,
+fear not, the course you pursue is right. Your true friend in spirit life,
+
+ "FREDRIKA EHRENBORG."
+
+
+On the 24th of May, from 9 to 12 A. M., the same highly esteemed spirit
+friend wrote on the slate:
+
+"Good morning, my dear friend. I greet you this morning, united with so
+many of your loved ones. Your beautiful mother says it would not be heaven
+if we were shut out from the knowledge of our friends in the form. No, it
+could not be heaven if it made us selfish. I am glad you have reached that
+part of life and find bright rays daily. Freedom brings its own reward,
+and the light that has been given to you will enable you to have yours
+while life lasts. You will never be bereft of friends on this shore. You
+will have them in both spheres. Is it not grand to be able to understand,
+and even more, to appreciate, this knowledge? Light is pouring in, and the
+minds of men are becoming more active every day. Mankind are like hungry
+children who want food; yes, so great do they crave the knowledge of the
+immortality that it will take firm reasoning and true workers to supply
+them. We rejoice, for we are sure that progress is rapid. Earth friends
+often wonder what spirits find to do. If they could realize even half the
+wonderful work that is going on, they would be astonished that spirits had
+accomplished so much for the welfare of humanity. I am so happy my soul
+expands in love. I feel I am young, and I am, for I am born again. I am
+contented to have struggled so many years in earth life, for it has
+brought me grand reward. All trials are worth the privilege and pleasure
+we enjoy when we reach our spirit home. I can see now that it is no
+hiding-place in man's true nature, and if they are not learned upon the
+terrestrial planet, they will have to learn before they can become
+celestial angels. Selfishness is cold and freezing, love is genial and
+warms up the human soul, and thereby will promote its happiness. Let love
+be cultivated by man, for it is a favorite flower, the flower of life and
+the beauty of the soul, and by it humanity is renewed continually and
+brought to the newness of life's beauty, truth, beauty and higher spheres
+of eternal existence, and without it man can never understand or have any
+conception of his heavenly home. Oh, if love were the ruling influence,
+sorrow would be hard to find, heart aches would be nowhere felt. An early
+writer said: 'If you can not love him whom you have seen, how can you love
+them whom you have not seen and be beloved in return?' In loving one
+another we love God, for God is love. His love is manifesting in man. Oh,
+that it may be cultivated, and not destroyed. Dear friend, I feel I have
+given you an introduction at least in my three letters of what I believe
+would be a benefit to man if they could but understand how much depends
+upon them, not alone for themselves, but for the welfare and happiness of
+others. I will be able, as conditions are given, to write of my
+surroundings in my beautiful home, where all is love and harmony, peace
+reigns and all willing to submit to the ruling power. You have done more
+good than you are aware of. It is the greatest workers that always feel
+they are doing least. You send forth subjects that give new ideas to those
+who read them, awakening interest without any desire on their part. As I
+said before, if conditions are not interrupted, you will have much to read
+and to write. I have said all on this subject that I can, but I am not at
+a loss for something more to write about, for in spirit home how many
+beautiful things that have never yet been talked about too glorious to be
+enjoyed without giving the knowledge of their existence to our earth
+friends! A circle surrounds you this morning of loved ones near and dear,
+and your mother is cherished in loving kindness by children, children's
+children. Emil is a bright spirit, and will be able to give much knowledge
+to those who are a great deal older. Dear friend, I must withdraw and obey
+the law that governs my comings. All looks well for you so far as I see.
+No one can be really happy until their spirit is free to enjoy that
+happiness which is permanent, for all earthly pleasures are but temporary.
+Farewell for the present. In God's love may you continue your journey
+until you arrive on the mount where no dark ravines can intervene your
+happiness. Good bye for the present. Your sincere friend in spirit life,
+
+ "FREDRIKA EHRENBORG."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+REMARKABLE MATERIALIZATION SEANCE--LETTERS FROM MRS. EHRENBORG AND OTHERS
+DESCRIBING INHABITANTS OF PLANETS.
+
+
+In the evening of the same day I was at a materializing seance at Mrs.
+Cooper's, where the following persons besides myself were present: Mr.
+Cooper, his wife, Mrs. Annie Cooper, the medium; Dr. Joseph R. Wittemore,
+No. 50 Dayton street; John Winterborn, No. 19 Freeman avenue; Mr.
+Oberline, Mr. S. G. Anderson, and Mr. Charles Wilhelm, all of Cincinnati.
+
+First, Mrs. Cooper sat herself in full gas-light by the small covered
+stand, under which was placed three bells, a walking stick, and my small
+spring music-box, after I had wound it up. Soon after the spirits moved
+the box up and down and put it on end during playing, which we could see,
+because I put the box only half under the curtain. As soon as the playing
+stopped, the box was taken entirely under and finally pushed out for me to
+wind up. The bells were ringing and the walking stick was held up and
+extended to all of us to take hold of, which we did, and the spirits shook
+hands with us in that way. I had laid Madam Ehrenborg's photograph on the
+table, and I expressed a wish that she would materialize, when on the
+slate, which Mrs. Cooper held under the table-leaf, was written: "Good
+evening, friends; yes, I am with you; I will try to appear; we are so
+happy." The gas was now turned down, but not lower than we could see each
+other right well, and Mrs. Cooper took her seat in a chair behind the
+curtains stretched across a corner of the room, and soon after a lady
+spirit greeted Dr. Wittemore, who, he said, was his first wife. His sister
+also came and nodded to him. Then came a sister to Anderson and a sister
+to Mr. Winterborn, together with his mother, who took a flower from him,
+and nodded to him very cordially. A spirit lady did the same to Mr.
+Wilhelm. Mr. Cooper brought now my music instrument, orgamina, from the
+upper room and placed it before me and I played on it with the crank. Soon
+after a lady spirit came, dressed in a white shining robe, and beckoned to
+me, when Mrs. Cooper, who was not in a trance, invited me to come up to
+the curtain where the spirit stood in the opening, and I asked if it was
+my friend Madam Ehrenborg who died in Sweden, Europe, eight years ago, and
+she bowed and nodded assent. Mr. Winterborn gave me a flower, which I took
+and offered to Madam Ehrenborg, who took it, smelled it, and stuck it
+under my nose to smell, and afterwards kept it. I expressed my gladness to
+see her and she made graceful bows, which I answered with mine. I then
+went back to the music instrument to play, when Madam Ehrenborg came out
+again with a beautiful long piece of lace on her arm and wafted it to and
+fro, and afterwards dematerialized before us. After that came a lady and
+sat herself in the rocking-chair, and there dematerialized before us. Mrs.
+Cooper took now a standing position in the opening of the curtain, when a
+male spirit came out, stood beside her, and kissed her. When Mrs. Cooper
+took her seat behind the curtain again a tall gentleman spirit came
+dressed in some kind of a uniform, with a glittering star on his right
+breast, and Mr. Winterborn offered him a nosegay, which he took and held
+out with his hand, swinging his arm up and down, keeping time to the music
+of the orgamina and that for a long time. As he came out the next time he
+took hold of the rocking chair outside the curtain before him and swung it
+over his head for a long time, and afterwards lowered it down to about a
+foot from the floor, when he dropped it. At the same time we saw Mrs.
+Cooper, who expressed her anxiety lest the chair might fall on her. Next
+he placed himself at the opening of the curtain, when a lady spirit took
+her place at his left side, and they kissed each other. Mrs. Cooper asked
+for a glass of water, which Mr. Cooper went after, intending to give it to
+his wife, but the gentleman spirit took it from him and gave it to Mrs.
+Cooper, who drank the water out of the glass. The same spirit sat himself
+in the lap of Mrs. Cooper and kissed her after he had placed a flower in
+her hair. Mrs. Cooper was coughing, and Mr. Winterborn gave two cough
+lozenges to the spirit, who gave them to Mrs. Cooper. The uniformed
+gentleman spirit came again out and took the rocking-chair with his right
+hand and swung it very vigorously over his head for a good while, then put
+it down. All the other spirits had white robes shining as snow, and all of
+us were exceedingly gratified at such wonderful performance.
+
+The 29th of June, 1881, among other valuable communications, came:
+
+"Good morning, my dear friend; it is with the greatest pleasure I again
+come to communicate with you. Your star of hope is increasing in
+brightness. I called on you and your dear lady last night (your night).
+You appreciate the beauties of the heavens, it was indeed grand to the
+natural eye." (My wife and I last evening were on the roof of our house on
+Mount Auburn looking at the comet and the stars.) "Oh, I thought if I
+could lift the veil and show you the inner life so brightly beaming once
+again, what joy it would give. I have visited three planets, each one had
+a distinct race (of people) and different one from another, and had mostly
+white skin, walked erect, were all of the same physical shape, very much
+like the inhabitants of our planet; their features are more regular and
+not much contrast in size. On the first planet they were small in
+stature--about four feet high. On the second sphere, about five feet high
+and of uniform size and shape. On the third they were six feet high, with
+large limbs and muscles, language quite different from ours, but were
+highly educated; eat no animal food, subsist entirely on vegetable. The
+day and night are of equal length; and as this last named planet was most
+interesting to me I will speak first of it: They have a better system of
+astronomy than we do and understand it more perfectly. This planet has
+large water courses and a great deal of commerce. They have no religion,
+such as Christians call religion, but a very high order of morals. They
+know little of the immortality of the soul. They have no wars, no courts
+nor prison houses, and murder is unheard of. They have no kings, no
+politics, no religion, consequently no wars. They live in perfect
+harmony; women suffer very little inconvenience in bearing children; the
+families are large, with eight or ten children; they are contented and
+happy. They have better painters in coloring in both landscapes and
+portraits. Their architecture is perfection; their buildings are the most
+beautiful I ever beheld. The climate is genial the year round, never too
+hot, and never necessary to have fire to keep warm; but little variety in
+temperature. Dear friend, I could say much more if I had power. I thank
+you for your kind attention. I will be able another time. Good bye for the
+present. Your sincere friend in spirit life,
+
+ "FREDRIKA EHRENBORG."
+
+
+The 27th of July at a seance at Mrs. Cooper's, her control informed me
+that we meet to-day under disturbed conditions, and when I asked Mrs.
+Cooper what that meant, she said her husband wanted her to move back to
+Louisville, as his prospects there now were better, and she had concluded
+to do so, in consequence of which she intended to pack up her furniture
+immediately after the present seance. Madam Ehrenborg wrote now a
+communication from which I will extract the following: "This dear, good
+woman, whom the angels will bless, is the first channel through which I
+have been able to reach earth and friends in this way, and now to be
+disturbed and taken away for a while is a loss to us. I could go to her,
+but not write as I write to you, the friendship formed between us before I
+passed away gives me strength and desires I might not have in any other
+way, but this form of condition will not last long. * * * I will try to
+communicate to you whenever condition is given, it is so easy for me to
+write here. There are but few who I could say so much through in so short
+a time. * * * Mrs. Cooper, if you will sit for me next Wednesday from
+there (Louisville) I hope to be able to write frequently, but not like if
+he was present. Good bye for the present. Your most sincere friend in
+spirit land.
+
+ "FREDRIKA EHRENBORG."
+
+
+Mrs. Cooper promised to do as she was requested and we agreed, as the
+spirits wanted, that I at the usual hour, 9 o'clock A. M., should sit
+alone at home the same time as the seance should take place in Louisville.
+Wednesday, the 3d of August, I picked a few flowers and kept some of them
+with me, as my spirit son Emil directed, and the rest were placed in a
+glass on the stand, which was covered, and under it I put Madam
+Ehrenborg's photograph and her letters sent me from Sweden. The 5th of
+August I received a letter from Miss Sadie Hare, No. 222 St. Catherine
+street, Louisville, Ky., wherein she states that "Mrs. Cooper came quite a
+distance to our home the 3d of August to fulfill her engagement with you
+and the dear spirit friends, not having conditions at her sister's that
+would enable her to give opportunities to the spirits. We live a long
+distance apart and some distance from the street railway, but you know the
+distance would have to be very great to prevent Mrs. Cooper from keeping a
+spiritual engagement. * * With this you will find your communications
+which I have copied. Respectfully yours,
+
+ "SADIE HARE."
+
+
+"LOUISVILLE, _August 3, 1881_.
+
+"Yes, we see the photographs of our dear friend, and he has obeyed the
+request made. We wish we could bring just one of the white blossoms he has
+gathered for the occasion to you. The dear spirit friends he desired to
+hear from were present when he made preparations for conditions to assist
+them to come to you. Tell him all will be well with him. The knowledge he
+has gained of the spirit world will not decay like the blossoms he has
+gathered in his beautiful bouquet. His friend Doc." The control of Mrs.
+Cooper.
+
+"We have come, and see that you have had a long distance to come to make
+conditions for us. Emil is with me, and we will do all we can to write a
+message to my dear friend C. G. Helleberg. I have reached the medium
+through which I have been able to write so much in so short a time. I find
+her much troubled and disturbed and will not be able to say to you what I
+could if you were present as in former conditions, but remember what I
+have told you, my work in spirit life has only began, and I yet hope to
+say much to you and through this medium. All the changes that come to our
+friends in the form are not pleasant for them, but changes that come to us
+in our spirit home increases the happiness and joy that we dwell in, but
+not alone, for there is no real happiness that can be enjoyed alone, for
+we are united in love and harmony, and we are happy that the change called
+death does not sever the friendship formed in earth life. Progression is
+the highest ambition of all good spirits.
+
+"Man does not see or know the need of knowledge while in earth life, but
+when he enters real life and knows there is no turning backwards he feels
+forced by law of goodness to help all those who are yet in darkness; but,
+my friend, there are so many who are forgotten as soon as the spirit has
+left the form and believed to be dead by all they once held dear. I feel
+like repeating over and over again the joy I continually receive, being
+remembered by you who have opened the avenue for me to give and receive.
+Be assured that your reward will come and inscribed in bright, shining
+letters on a banner of truth--your work well done, good and faithful
+servant. Emil is present, and desires to send a few words to his papa and
+mamma. I know, my dear friend, how you missed the interview this morning
+you would have enjoyed so much; but be reconciled, they are more disturbed
+than our dear medium; but could she behold the bright spirits that stand
+in circle around her she would not despair. It will not be long till the
+way is cleared and we can draw nearer to communicate through her to you,
+and of every thorn comes a blessing, the severest cross is a crown to
+those who are willing to bear for the sake of truth and progression. I
+desire, my dear friend, to have these interviews repeated. Had there not
+been a kind, genial lady to sit for you to copy what was written I would
+not have been able to say this much in a strange place. I thank you, my
+young friend, for assistance and willingness on your part, and remember,
+though the act may seem small to you, it is worth gratitude from us, and
+you may rely upon an increase of spiritual influence to assist you.
+Accept this, my dear friend; I hope to say more again. Your most sincere
+friend in spirit life,
+
+ "FREDRIKA EHRENBORG."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+
+MADAM EHRENBORG AND OTHERS MATERIALIZE.
+
+
+I received several other valuable letters of my spiritual friends from
+Louisville, and in one of them, the 18th of August, Madam Ehrenborg wrote:
+
+"A request has been made for Mrs. Helleberg to write a letter to her
+sister Emma and her father, that it may enable them to remain long enough
+to communicate that she may hear direct from them, for they are often with
+her, and want her to know it is not wrong for them to come or for her to
+look for them."
+
+In consequence of this I persuaded my wife to write a letter to them,
+which she did, and I sealed it up with red sealing wax, with my seal on,
+and sent it by mail to Mrs. Cooper, without any superscription. On the
+25th of August we received a letter from Miss Hare and Mrs. Cooper,
+together with my wife's sealed letter unopened, and a long and beautiful
+letter from her spirit sister, Emma, who had also answered for her father,
+which was so true and striking that her fear melted away, and concluded to
+investigate these strange facts. In October, Mrs. Cooper revisited
+Cincinnati, during which time my wife and I had several very satisfactory
+seances, and on invitation from her we were present at a social
+materialization seance on the 28th of said month, in the evening, in
+company with the following persons: Mr. and Mrs. Stebbins, Miss Sadie
+Hare, Mrs. Gano, Mr. and Mrs. Green, Mr. Cooper's mother, Mr. and Mrs.
+Macky, Mr. and Mrs. Nicely, Miss Sneider, Mrs. Artzman, Dr. Taylor and Mr.
+Winterborn. A curtain was stretched across a corner of the room, and the
+small stand was put on the floor, and under it was placed two call bells,
+a big brass bell, and a drum, with sticks and a walking stick. When Mr.
+Stebbins played on the violin, or we sung or played on the orgamina, the
+spirits kept time with the bells and drum. The walking stick was pointed
+to different individuals of the company, who had mental questions answered
+when they took hold of the uplifted stick. Mr. Stebbins put the end of the
+bow under the table, and the fiddle he laid on the floor, about a foot
+from the table, when the spirits played on it. The table was also lifted
+up and down, keeping time with our music. When Mrs. Cooper took her seat
+behind the curtain soon after, several spirits materialized to many of
+their relatives and friends, who recognized them, among whom were Miss
+Mary Muth and Madam Ehrenborg. I and my wife went up to the curtain, when
+Miss Mary Muth touched my wife's hand and took a flower from her.
+Afterwards Madam Ehrenborg came in full form, dressed in a fine dark suit,
+with a black lace cap, and when my wife asked if it was Mrs. Ehrenborg,
+she nodded her head smilingly several times, and then dematerialized. We
+took our seats, but Madam Ehrenborg came again twice, when I went up to
+the curtain with Mr. Stebbins, who also saw her very plainly, how she
+nodded to me and kissed my hand, which was touched by her lips, and had a
+warm feeling. She afterwards dematerialized before us. At the same time
+this took place we saw and conversed with Mrs. Cooper, who is never in a
+trance state at any time. When we came home we examined Madam Ehrenborg's
+photograph, and we found her dress and every thing else apparently exactly
+the same as that in which the photograph was taken. Her features were also
+the same. I had seen her materialized several times before, but always in
+shining white robes, and now she took on the same garment as that worn
+when the photograph was taken, probably to convince my wife of her
+identity.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V.
+
+INVESTIGATIONS BY MRS. JENNIE M'KEE--FIRST LETTER FROM EMANUEL SWEDENBORG,
+ETC.
+
+
+After Mrs. Cooper moved to Louisville I made acquaintance with Mrs. Jennie
+McKee, a real lady of high moral and truthful qualities, who had wonderful
+medial gifts, and permitted me to come to her residence, No. 47-1/2
+Sherman avenue, Cincinnati, for a slate-writing seance weekly, every
+Thursday, from 9 to 11 A. M. The spirits wrote independent, in broad
+daylight, when she held the slate under the stand, which was never covered
+with any thing, and with a pencil so small (about one-eighth part of a
+common wheat grain) that no human fingers in the body could write with it.
+I commenced with her the 4th of August, 1881, and continued until she
+passed away to the higher life, the 17th of November the same year. During
+that time I received many highly valuable and remarkable communications
+and gifts, of which I will only mention a few. On the 8th day of September
+there appeared among other communications on the slate the following:
+
+"My friend, I come from a higher sphere of light and truth, in compliance
+with your request, and I greet you this morning in God's most holy name. I
+will speak to you not as I would have done when inhabited in earth form,
+but with a more expanded vision, and the more profound knowledge and the
+clearer understanding of the fundamental laws and governing principles of
+the Great Ruler of the universe. In those days in which I wrote it would
+have been a very unwise and dangerous thing to have given these spiritual
+manifestations to the people, from the fact that they were not prepared to
+receive the blessings, and the ultimate desire for the amelioration of
+mankind would have been defeated, and the result would have been
+disastrous."
+
+I had wished a clearer understanding about our guardian spirits, and on
+the slate came:
+
+"At the time of birth there are two self-constituted guardians, one from
+the light sphere and one from the dark, and as the child advances toward
+maturity, the number is greatly increased; but whether good or bad,
+depends entirely upon the persons themselves. Thus, for instance, if man
+leads a life of depravity and vice, he naturally attracts spirits of a
+like character; on the other hand, if a man leads a moral life of purity,
+bearing in his heart love and good will to others, he is surrounded by
+pure spirits, who are attracted by those elements. Thus, my friend, you
+see how essential it is, both for happiness here and through all eternity,
+that you conduct yourself so that the pure spirit of love can come and
+minister to you. I must leave, but will shortly come again."
+
+Here I said to Mrs. McKee: "If he signs his name, I would like to have the
+slate, so I could show it to my wife;" and he said to her (but I could not
+hear him): "Put a paper on the slate." I cut a leaf from my annotation
+pocket book, and we put it on the slate loose, and Mrs. McKee held the
+slate, with the paper and a short lead pencil on it, under the table, and
+on the paper, now in my possession, was the following:
+
+"Dear heart, so true to my memory, my blessing with you,
+
+ "EMANUEL SWEDENBORG."
+
+
+On the 13th of October, at a seance by Mrs. McKee, from 9 to 9:30 A. M.,
+the following communication appeared on the slate:
+
+"My beloved, I am with you, and I greet you with my blessing in the name
+of the Most High and Ruling Power, and not only is it I who bless you, you
+have attracted to you a number of highly exalted spirits, who love you for
+your singleness of purpose and purity of heart, with which you are
+promulgating the teachings you receive from us; that is why you have been
+selected by us, because you have been upright and moral in your life;
+because those who wish to investigate would be more impressed than did the
+communication come from other sources. Fear not, we will be with you, and
+each word will have weight. You must expect to be criticised and doubted;
+but again I say, fear not, we are with you, and will turn the thought of
+the people. We shall eventually see our efforts crowned with success. We
+appeal to the senses; it would be a vain and useless thing to set up a
+higher authority than man's own conscience, for that is the last final
+tribunal at which he is judged. The errand of life, the education,
+unfolding and strengthening the combination of the mind, the exigencies of
+business, the duties of citizenship, the cares of the household, all this
+requires the utmost seriousness of purpose and activity; but activity is
+neither in the development of manhood. It is far more essential that the
+mind and moral nature should have careful cultivation. Man should not care
+so much concerning the short period of natural life. From this side,
+through us who live by deeds, not years, in thought and feeling, instead
+of figures on the dial, by the happiness we produce, is our only gauge of
+time. There is an embodiment of selfishness underlying the human family
+which will first have to be eradicated through education, and it is the
+desire of the spirit world that man should be a brother to his fellow-man.
+I go now, but will be with you as often as I can. I leave my blessing for
+you and your household.
+
+ "SWEDENBORG."
+
+
+"My friend, I come to say how much I enjoy and sympathize with you, that
+those who were blind are beginning to see, and are in better condition for
+the reception and appreciation of the spiritual blessing which is being
+prepared for you and yours by the loved ones who are gone before. I have
+brought my dear life companion with me this morning, who is working with
+me in acquiring the knowledge which will be necessary for you in the
+fulfillment of the mission you have been selected for to give out the
+knowledge of this glorious philosophy. It is the truth, for it is vouched
+for by the testimony of every atom, every bright world you observe in the
+firmament, and lastly by the spirit of the past man made perfect. You may
+be called fanatic, but if spiritualism is fanaticism, it is of more value
+to mankind than the whole circle of the sciences. We are called away now,
+but will come this evening.
+
+ "FREDRIKA."
+
+
+"Dear papa, there is much joy and rejoicing among your spirit band. I am
+so happy that I can come to dear mamma, and have her receive me as you do.
+Kiss her for me. The power is too far gone to write any more.
+
+ "EMIL."
+
+
+On the 20th of October, 1881, between 9 and 11 A. M., at a seance with
+Mrs. McKee, the following communication appeared on the slate:
+
+"Good morning, my friend. I am here, and greet you with my love and my
+blessing as the one chosen by me to help me in correcting the teachings I
+have put forth, and which at that time were not clearly understood even by
+myself, consequently I failed to render myself sufficiently intelligible
+to be properly understood by others. Now these mistakes must be rectified,
+and the erroneous impression replaced by the truth. I am preparing my
+statements, and they will be given to you in proper time through the
+channels we have chosen. I have chosen you as my assistant, well knowing
+your loyalty, steadfastness of purpose and your fearless disposition, so
+like what my own was, so it would be a matter of perfect indifference
+whether you received commendation of the people or only arouse their
+condemnation. It was this prominent characteristic which proved the
+attractive power that has drawn me to you. I ask no one to give up his
+principles; I simply desire to place truth before him, and let each
+individual reason according to the light surrounding him. Surely truth can
+defend itself, so we will let it speak for itself. I am happy and content
+with my surroundings, but I come to bring to the children of my love, the
+people of the new church, more light, if they will only receive it. I am
+impressed more fully each time I revisit your earth sphere that, had I
+lived at the present day, my labors would have been understood and
+appreciated, and I should not have felt that my best efforts were but a
+sad failure in comparison to what I expected or desired. I am now called
+away, so I now leave for this time, but will be with you soon. Good bye.
+God bless you and yours.
+
+ "SWEDENBORG."
+
+
+On the 27th of October, 1881, at Mrs. McKee's, Swedenborg gave me a short
+communication, both on slate and paper, and afterwards came:
+
+"Good morning, my friend, Swedenborg has been called away, but he has
+brought me to say a word and to assist in promulgating the truth. Many
+high and elevated spirits are banding together to spread the truth.
+
+ "POLHEIM."[2]
+
+
+On the 3d of November, 1881, I had a seance with Mrs. McKee, and after the
+slate had been under the bare stand for about ten minutes a tap was heard,
+by which sign it was taken out from under the stand, and five exceedingly
+beautiful, fresh flowers, giving out a delicious perfume, were on the
+slate, and little dew drops had made some wet spots under them. On the
+slate was written the following:
+
+"Good morning, my friend. I bring you some flowers. Let them convey to you
+the dearest essence of the high power to produce. They are the handiwork
+of God. In them we see His ever living presence.
+
+ "FREDRIKA EHRENBORG."
+
+
+Afterwards the following communication appeared:
+
+"Good morning, my beloved. I am again with you, weighty with rich
+blessings for you and yours, and I come also with a heart overflowing with
+love, tenderness and gratitude, that I am permitted, through the goodness
+and wisdom of the most High Power, to return, and through you, my
+trustworthy assistant, give my thoughts and ideas to the people. We love
+our mediums, our channels and our doorway, through which we come to love
+and bless. Take no heed of any unkind remarks, it is only an evidence of
+ignorance. Keep straight on, turn neither to the right nor to the left,
+continue to scatter seeds by the way-sides, which will furnish food for
+thought, and thought will lead to investigation. Investigation must
+necessarily lead in the acknowledgment of the truth. You can not expect to
+convince at once--it must be the work of time--and bear in mind, no one
+ever yet sought to benefit mankind who was not placed under the dark ban
+of suspicion. As you say, nothing can be gained by denunciation. Keep on.
+My blessing with you.
+
+ "SWEDENBORG."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI.
+
+MRS. M'KEE PASSES AWAY AND HER SPIRIT ARRANGES HER OWN FUNERAL.
+
+
+When the seance was over, I at once took the flowers to Mrs. Minor's to
+have them arranged according to her art for preservation and now have them
+in all their original beauty. The 17th of November, 1881, I went to Mrs.
+McKee for a slate-writing seance, as for some time I have been used to do
+every Thursday morning at 9 o'clock, where I met at the door her
+step-father, R. J. William, who informed me that his daughter Jennie had,
+half an hour before, passed away to the spiritual world, and invited me up
+on the floor above to see her body. In the death-room I found my friend,
+the wonderful clairvoyant and trance medium, Mrs. Anna Rall, and Jennie's
+mother, who found that her head was not quite cold. From the house of
+mourning I went to Mrs. Minor's for the five flowers I had received from
+my dear spirit friend, Mrs. Fredrika Ehrenborg, through the medial power
+of Mrs. McKee, the 3d of November, and which now were preserved under
+glass, and afterwards went to have a seance at Mrs. Green's, where I
+placed those beautiful flowers on the small stand between us. Soon we
+heard writing on the slate and a tap, when we found on it the following
+communication:
+
+"Good morning, dear papa. How sad for you to look upon the face this
+morning, not yet cold, that had afforded you so much real happiness, and
+pure as the flowers before you that came through her medial powers. She
+entered the spirit world to meet the loved ones gone before. Her suffering
+is no more. She saw you, and I shook hands with her. She knew me, and she
+was all smiles. She was glad she passed away on the morning she had an
+engagement with you; so your heavenly influences were there to aid her
+spirit. She hoped for it. She will be able to communicate to you soon and
+tell you how she found the new life. She will write immediately, she
+understands it. Dear papa, try to make a house not of mourning; she wants
+joy, she is free from suffering and able to communicate. Will see her own
+funeral and wishes to have a real spiritualist's funeral, becoming one who
+has passed away in its full faith. She wants Mrs. Green to repeat that
+beautiful poem that she so much admired: 'I _Still_ Live' (herself). _I
+would like Mr. Green, with others, to make some consoling remarks. The
+song 'There is no death,' sung._ She says that every thing so far has
+turned out all right, and she wants every thing done according to her
+desire. They all know what a devotee she was in spiritualism." (Here I
+mentioned to Mrs. Green that I would go back to the house of mourning and
+tell them of this as soon as possible, and now came.) "That is just it.
+She told me all and requested me to write it. She wants them to cast away
+the thoughts of her old body from their minds, and to think her free
+spirit moving through the house as of old. She wants her dear old parents
+not to mourn. She wants all the mediums next to her immediate family, and
+spiritualists, to strengthen her so she can manifest, if possible. She
+says these are her wishes; they can do as they please. Dear papa, I have
+done my duty this morning for her beautiful free spirit, and happy for the
+honor conferred upon me as her amanuensis. We have nothing more to
+communicate this morning, only she wants Mrs. Rall, her near and dear
+friend, to control affairs as far as she can, as she knows her wishes and
+desires, and knows she will please her and do what is right. Love to dear
+mamma; kiss her for me.
+
+ "EMIL."
+
+
+"Mrs. McKee says many thanks for your kindness She will be with you often.
+Much love to all.
+
+ "EMIL."
+
+
+We were present at her beautiful funeral, where Jennie herself spoke
+through Mrs. Rall over her own body, and it was in truth remarked from the
+people that this was the most soul-uplifting funeral services they ever
+had witnessed. The spirit communicates with me often.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII.
+
+INVESTIGATIONS WITH MRS. GREEN--REMARKABLE DARK TRUMPET SEANCE AT WHICH I
+RECEIVED A MOST BEAUTIFUL FLOWER FROM MY SON EMIL AND MISS MARY MUTH.
+
+
+"My investigations through the excellent medium, Mrs. Green, commenced the
+2d of September, 1881, and I received many interesting communications from
+my dear and near relatives, which I value very highly, but naturally would
+not have the same value for the general reader, and therefore I deem it
+best to exclude most of them and take in only writings from exalted
+spirits who are more generally known.
+
+The 19th of September came:
+
+ "From the higher sphere of light I come
+ To teach you the beauties of our home,
+ And to impart to you the golden truth
+ And make you feel its real worth.
+
+ "And to my dear old friend, your wife,
+ I wish to prove a future life,
+ And to assist her while she remains here,
+ And help to guide her to our heavenly sphere.
+
+ "Oh, the beautiful birds that sing their lay,
+ Come to bless me every day,
+ The flowers of fragrance, sweet and rare,
+ And heavenly music fills the air.
+
+ "From your friend,
+ "FREDRIKA EHRENBORG."
+
+The 20th of October, 1881, I was present at Mrs. Green's trumpet seance in
+the evening in company with the following persons: Mr. Green, the medium's
+husband; Mr. and Mrs. Stebbins, a reporter from the "Enquirer," who gave
+his name as Johnson, and Mr. Walker. On the stand was placed three slates,
+one of which was my own, three trumpets, one glass of water, and my spring
+music-box. On the floor stood the big tin trumpet and by it laid my
+guitar, and not far from Mr. Stebbins was his fiddle. After the light was
+put out and the doors locked I wound up my music-box and put it on the
+right hand corner of the stand before me. Soon after it was taken away
+while playing and carried around all over our heads, and some of us were
+touched with it. Finally it came back to me and was placed in my left hand
+with the spirit, whose hand I touched with both my hands. I wound it up
+again and the spirit took it away and carried it around the same as
+before, but when it came back it was placed on the left hand corner of the
+stand, and I laid the key close by it. Afterwards I played my orgamina
+when the spirit voices of both sexes joined in with their songs, and so
+they did when we sang.
+
+I intended to wind up the music-box again and felt for it on the corner,
+when I discovered that both the box and key were gone. Soon after we heard
+the box playing and going over our heads as before, and the box was
+replaced on the corner of the stand with the key on top. All the trumpets
+and the guitar were moving around in the air high above our heads, the
+guitar was played on in time with the music, and we all were touched and
+stroked on different parts of our bodies with these implements. The guitar
+was laid in my lap, and I sang a Swedish song, accompanied by the guitar,
+when we heard a spirit voice singing with me, and I and the others heard
+the words pronounced by the spirit, which I declare were the same Swedish
+words which I sung. Mrs. Stebbens was clasped around her neck by her
+spirit daughter Ida, who whispered to and patted both her and Mr.
+Stebbins. Mrs. Green and Mrs. Stebbens saw several spirit lights, and Mr.
+Walker was informed by striking and tolling on the big tin trumpet that
+his father in Kansas would soon pass away. I felt for my music-box again,
+intending to wind it up, when I, to my great surprise, found a fresh,
+beautiful flower on top of it, and my slate was placed in my hand. Soon
+after the seance was closed and when the room was lighted up, we found
+written on one slate the name of the reporter, and on my slate the
+following:
+
+"Dear papa, we present you the flower we promised you some time ago. The
+passion flower.
+
+ "EMIL AND MARY."
+
+
+It was a large, very beautiful, quite fresh flower, which I now have
+preserved in a glass jar with deodorized alcohol. On seeing this flower my
+wife's idea was that the flower had been brought from some garden, and I
+thought the spirits made it, which caused me, at a slate-writing seance
+the 24th of October, to ask which of us was right. On the slate was this
+answer:
+
+"Mary and I, with the assistance of the medium's band, _created it_ for
+you and dear mamma, and you will find a dove in the center."
+
+On a close examination we found to our astonishment a small dove there.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII.
+
+SURE IDENTITY OF MY FATHER-IN-LAW--MADAM EHRENBORG WRITES TO ME IN
+SWEDISH.
+
+
+On the 8th of December, 1881, I and my wife had a slate-writing seance in
+the forenoon, and were present in the evening at a trumpet seance with
+Mrs. Green, and as my wife received a strong convincing test through the
+name of her father, it is necessary before relating the facts to make a
+short sketch of a part of his life. He was a Swedish nobleman, named Otto
+Jacob Natt och Dag, who, by the favor of the dethroned King Gustaf Adolf
+the Fourth, was educated in the military academy, and afterwards served as
+officer in a rank regiment in Stockholm, which the new King Charles the
+Fourteenth, Johan, the former Napoleon's General Bernadott, looked upon
+with great favor. This young nobleman wrote an anonymous book about
+reorganizing the Swedish army, in which many good and necessary reforms
+were proposed. This book was not intended for sale, but a few copies had
+been printed for his intimate friends. Some of his so-called friends
+reported this, and mentioned his name to the King, who became enraged that
+a young officer should dare to have the impertinence to interfere with his
+business, and want to teach him, who had such a vast experience in
+military affairs, the consequence of which was that he was transported to
+serve in a common infantry regiment, far up in the northern part of the
+country, a long distance from his near and dear relatives. Such treatment
+naturally made him feel bad, and he asked permission to travel in foreign
+countries, which he got, and went straight to Baden, in Germany, where he
+called on his former King, Gustaf Adolf, and was kindly received. There he
+republished his book in the German language, with some additions, which
+the Swedish minister reported to the King, who then considered him a
+traitor, and ordered his arrest, but his Swedish friends informed him of
+this in time, and he went to America under the name of Frederick Franks,
+which was the name of a German student, who gave him his passport, and
+which he afterwards adopted and used until his death. The King, Charles
+the Fourteenth, had him adjudged, unheard and absent, by a court for high
+treason, for daring to pay a visit to the dethroned King, and the judgment
+was that he should lose his place and rank in the army. Many years
+afterwards the King regretted his harsh and unjust treatment of his
+faithful, patriotic and skillful officer, and pardoned him, and ordered
+his Swedish minister at Washington to inform him of it, so he could go
+back and enjoy all his privileges; but his former guard officer had now
+been for many years a republican citizen, who, with his artistic and many
+other talents and business capacity, had made himself independent, and he
+never went back. Nobody here but the family knew any thing of his Swedish
+name, and my wife said to me that she would be more fully convinced of
+her father's identity if he would sign himself with that name.
+
+In the slate-writing seance in the forenoon I had put my own slate, which
+Mrs. Green never touched, under the side of the stand nearest me, and on
+Mrs. Green's slate the following appeared:
+
+"Put out the slate and see if any thing is on it?"
+
+I did so, and on my slate the following sentence appeared:
+
+"God bless you both is the wish of your exalted friend,
+
+ "FREDRIKA EHRENBORG."
+
+
+Among other things was the following:
+
+"Now, dear papa and mamma, we have done all we can this morning. Much love
+to you both. Grandpa will be with you to-night; Grandpa Helleberg, Mary
+and Julia, too, Emil, Gustaf and Charley. You will have many bright and
+beautiful spirits with you this evening to cheer you on your road to the
+beautiful spirit world. There all are in peace and happiness--Emil,
+Frances, Emma, Mary, Julia.
+
+ "EMANUEL SWEDENBORG."
+
+
+On the evening of the 8th of December, at the above-mentioned trumpet
+seance were present, besides me and my wife, the following persons: Mr.
+and Mrs. Stebbins, Mr. and Mrs. Taylor, Mrs. Catherine Remlin, Mr. and
+Mrs. Green and Mrs. Boggs. We had spirit singing and talking, with many
+other remarkable manifestations. Among the spirits who spoke were
+Garfield, Washington and Lincoln, three ex-Presidents. Two slates were put
+on the table by Mr. Green before the light was put out, and I had that
+afternoon bought two very small silica slates, of which I gave one to my
+wife, who held it in her hand, and the other, in the dark, I put on the
+corner of the table nearest me, which nobody else knew any thing about.
+When the seance was over several names and messages were written on the
+two big slates, and on mine was the following on both sides:
+
+"My Dear Daughter--Oh, how happy I am that I have found a way to
+communicate to you. I will be with you often.
+
+ "O. J. N. D."
+
+
+On the other side appeared:
+
+"My Dear Daughter--According to promise I am with you. I have many things
+to tell you. With my heart full of love for you,
+
+ "O. J. N. D."
+
+
+These were the initials of my wife's father's Swedish name, Otto Jacob
+Natt och Dag, and we were highly pleased with the result. Subsequently he
+communicated often, signing his name in full, as above.
+
+On the 23d of March, 1882, at Mrs. Green's, among other communications,
+was the following:
+
+"Dear Papa--All of your Swedish friends are here, and intend to use their
+influence to-day and give you a surprise before the seance is over. All
+are present except Swedenborg, who we expect very soon. We are not sure of
+success, but we intend to try. The surprise will be Grandpa Franks trying
+to communicate inside of the double slate, with your assistance holding
+the slate and all of your friends influence combined. Madam Ehrenborg
+withheld her message to-day to add her strength and help grandpa with his
+surprise to mamma and you. * * * Swedenborg has come; get the slate. This
+is all you will get from me to-day. Your loving son,
+
+ "EMIL."
+
+
+We cleaned the double slate and put it under the table, where I held on to
+one end of it and pressed the two slates together with my hand, while Mrs.
+Green held the other end, and we both felt and heard the writing going on
+inside the two slates. The writing continued about ten minutes, after
+which a tap was heard, when I took the slate out, opened it, and in my
+father-in-law's handwriting found the following communication, which I had
+photographed and electrotyped as seen opposite:
+
+On the 23d of July, from 9 to 11 A. M., at Mrs. Green's, I had cheerful
+writings from our three sons and grand-daughter, Julia Muth first, and
+afterwards there appeared on the slate the following communication in the
+Swedish language:
+
+"Dyra goda waen C. J. Helleberg! Jag prsenterar dig min Hoegaktning och
+evinnerlig waenskap.
+
+ "FREDRIKA EHRENBORG."
+
+
+Which, translated into English is:
+
+"Dear, good friend C. J. Helleberg, I present you my esteem and eternal
+friendship.
+
+ "FREDRIKA EHRENBORG."
+
+
+I had it photographed, as shown.
+
+
+[Illustration]
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX.
+
+INFORMATION OF A SPIRITUAL MARRIAGE--THE WEDDING AND THE WEDDING TOUR TO
+THE PLANET MARS.
+
+
+For a long time I had regular slate-writing seances in the light and one
+dark trumpet seance every week at Mrs. Green's residence, No. 309
+Longworth street, and at that time were generally present the following
+persons: Mr. and Mrs. Stebbins, Mr. and Mrs. Taylor, Mrs. Remlin, Mr. and
+Mrs. Helleberg, all of Cincinnati, and Mrs. Bogg, from Newport, Ky. In
+these trumpet seances the spirits not only played on musical instruments,
+which they carried over our heads, and very often touched us with them and
+their hands, but talked and sung to us with or without the trumpet. The
+12th of January, 1882, our son Emil astonished us with the information
+that he was going to marry Miss Ida, the spirit daughter of Mr. and Mrs.
+Stebbins, and that she would be his spirit wife. In a slate-writing
+seance, the 16th of January, he informed me that Mr. Swedenborg would
+perform the nuptial ceremony, and who also had determined the wedding to
+take place on Washington's birthday--the 22d of February. We were also
+informed that the spirit, Mr. Henry Nieman, Ida's cousin, would be the
+groomsman, and the spiritual Miss Mary Muth her bridesmaid, and that a
+bridal trip had been arranged in which many bright and exalted spirits
+would take part, including Madam Ehrenborg. Mr. Swedenborg would make the
+wedding speech on the spiritual side, and he requested Mr. Green to make
+one on this side. Mr. and Mrs. Stebbins, my wife and I, agreed that this
+remarkable wedding ceremony should take place at Mr. Stebbins' residence
+at the appointed time--the 22d of February--and we concluded to ask the
+spirits who we should invite, and the 16th day of February, 1882, came on
+the slate the following names:
+
+"Pa and ma Stebbins, papa and mamma Helleberg, Mr. and Mrs. Green and
+daughter, Mrs. Emma Muth, Mrs. Remlin, Mr. and Mrs. Taylor, Miss Nettie
+Williams, and Mrs. Keenan.
+
+ "EMIL AND IDA."
+
+
+At a slate-writing seance, the 20th of February, came on the slate, among
+many other communications, the following:
+
+"The ceremonies are to begin at four, and immediately after
+congratulation, supper. It will take one hour, Mr. Swedenborg says, to
+show the medium the ceremony and Mr. Green's address. When the vision is
+through, then Mr. Green, then supper, and, after that is settled, a
+trumpet seance.
+
+ "EMIL."
+
+
+According to this arrangement the above persons were all invited and
+present, except Mrs. Keenan and Miss Nettie Williams, who could not come,
+at the afternoon and evening seances the 22d, the 150th anniversary of
+Washington's birthday. In the afternoon we assembled at 3 o'clock P. M.,
+and at 4 Mrs. Green was in full trance, and Swedenborg controlled her and
+blessed the contracting parties, after which Mr. Green made a very
+appropriate and beautiful address. A private clairvoyant fell in a trance
+and described not only the clothing of the bride and bridegroom, but many
+other spirits present. The bride's dress was pure, sparkling white,
+frosted with gold dust, with long train full of the finest lace, and a
+very beautiful veil, frosted also, and adorned with a handsome wreath on
+her head of white flowers set with three beautiful diamonds on her
+forehead. She had also a diamond brooch and necklace, with a splendid ring
+on her finger, and slippers on her feet to match. Our son Emil had
+knee-breeches of royal purple, with a beautiful white toga frosted with
+gold, and gold tassels and a purple and gold crown set with diamonds. (At
+a subsequent seance Emil said: "Mine was Mr. Swedenborg's selection, Ida's
+was Madam Ehrenborg's.") During the trance state of Mrs. Green, the spirit
+Winnie described the dresses in the same way as the private medium already
+had told us. After we had had a splendid repast the requested trumpet
+seance was arranged, at which all were present, and had the pleasure of
+being spoken to by Swedenborg, Emil, Ida, and many other spirits, and some
+of them patted us with their hands. Madam Ehrenborg and my wife's father,
+Otto Jacob Natt-och-Dag (Frederick Franks), sung Swedish with me, and Mrs.
+Jennie McKee took my hand and lifted my arm up and putting it over the
+table so I had to rise. It was a beautiful and most satisfactory and
+wonderful manifestation over which we all were highly delighted.
+
+The 23d of February, 1882, came from our spirit friends the following:
+
+"Good morning, dear papa, we are here yet, but will immediately after this
+sitting start on our bridal tour, accompanied by Swedenborg and a great
+many exalted spirits. We expect to return by next Thursday, then Mr.
+Swedenborg will give the marriage ceremonies, and we hope to have
+something nice to write you then. Mr. Swedenborg is very much pleased
+because he is able to speak and control Mrs. Green, and was very much
+pleased also with the way it was conducted on your side. He says
+altogether it was a splendid affair on both sides, and I think so too, and
+now I will let my wife, Mrs. Ida Helleberg, write. Your loving son,
+
+ "EMIL HELLEBERG."
+
+
+"Good morning, dear papa Helleberg; Emil makes me blush when he says my
+wife. It used to be a joke, but now it is a reality, and that is quite
+different. When we all meet on the evergreen shores of the summerland,
+then we will return the compliment and have the infair at our own home, no
+matter how far off it may be, you shall always receive our hospitality and
+our love in the cottage. With my heart full of love for you and dear mamma
+Helleberg and sister Emma, and my dear pa and ma, and Mrs. Green's family,
+I bid you good morning.
+
+ "IDA STEBBINS HELLEBERG."
+
+
+"Good morning, Mr. Helleberg: I was very much delighted with the exercises
+of yesterday afternoon and evening. It could not have been more perfect on
+both sides. I was with you all the time. It was witnessed by thousands of
+spirits with much interest and delight. Whatever Mr. Swedenborg, does in
+the spirit world causes great commotion and interest. He is in the spirit
+world like some of your great men here, a leader. His every word, look,
+and gesture, is chronicled by the spirits; therefore you may imagine the
+interest they manifest towards him. Nettie could not and would not leave
+mother. She is so lonely without me, but she was here heart and soul in
+spirit. With my highest regards for you all, I am your friend,
+
+ "JENNIE."
+
+
+"Good morning, my dear friend: As the marriage of our grand-daughter to
+your son has united my son Edwin and your family, and that event caused or
+rather brought us in a positive condition, and enabled us to pick up the
+trumpet and manifest our appreciation of that event, I thought I would
+write a few lines in regard to this happy marriage, and to show our very
+high appreciation of this medium's family, for, as Ida said, it has
+brought sunshine to her dear pa and ma that they could not find any-where
+else outside the spirit communion, and express our very high appreciation
+of your son Emil, and that we feel very proud of them both, and of our
+hearts full of love for Edwin and his wife, and highest regards for
+yourself and family and Mrs. Green's family, we subscribe ourselves your
+dear spirit friends,
+
+ "AMARIAH STEBBINS AND PERMELIA STEBBINS."
+
+
+"Good morning, my friends, Mr. Helleberg and Mrs. Green: To say I was very
+much delighted, or, in fact, I have not language at my command to express
+to you my appreciation of yesterday's proceedings, and happy of the
+opportunity presented that I can write to-day. Winnie described me as I
+was. Love to my dear daughter and her husband (Edwin Stebbins), and regard
+to all,
+
+ "THOMAS KELLY."
+
+
+"Good morning, dear son: Father, brother, and all of us are here to give
+you our congratulations and to tell you how much we love dear Ida, and
+that she is so sweet and beautiful. We were all with you last night, and
+caressed you with the trumpet. It made us so happy. Father can not write
+to-day, but will soon. With our blessings on you and all, your loving
+mother,
+
+ "ULRICA HELLEBERG."
+
+
+"Good morning: I must not fail to give a few words in appreciation of the
+marriage feast. It was splendid, and I was very much pleased with the
+ceremony spiritually and mortal. Love to dear Anna and yourself and
+highest regard to all. Francis, Emily, Susan and Joseph join me and send
+much love to all. With my prayers for you all, I bid you good bye.
+
+ "FREDRICK FRANKS."
+
+
+"Now, dear papa, we are all through, and Gustaf and Charles join in
+congratulations, and asked me to write for them, and tell you that they
+are so much pleased with their sister-in-law. Mary, Henry, and little
+Julia and Clarence, and many that I have not time to mention, join us with
+much love for all. Two souls with but a single thought, two hearts that
+beat as one, we bid you good bye,
+
+ "EMIL AND IDA."
+
+
+The 2d of March came: "Good morning, my dear friend. The tourists,
+according to promise, have not returned. I have been sent as a messenger
+from Mr. Swedenborg to report to you that their reception on the planet
+Mars was so grand, and they are there so nicely entertained by the spirits
+of that planet that they have all been invited to participate in a similar
+feast to take place to-day, and they all send their love and best wishes
+to you, and hope to be with you at your next sitting. With my highest
+regard and well wishes for your future prosperity, I am your spirit
+friend,
+
+ "POLHEIM."
+
+
+The 6th of March the exalted Swedenborg wrote on the slate: "Good morning,
+friends: I am here to give you the marriage ceremony I promised in
+pantomime on the 22d ultimo. It is brief, and does not include the address
+and prayer given on that occasion. * * * As you have already been united
+in the conjugal sense by the operation of the laws of spiritual attraction
+and magnetic affiliation, no formal cementation or consecration is needed,
+but in obedience to an ancient custom, originating in spirit life in the
+early dawns of the physical earth-planet, and from thence projected to
+mortal life, I have the pleasure of pronouncing the ceremony that blends
+you, in obedience to the custom stated, into blissful spiritual
+consociation as man and wife, which I now do in presence of the invited
+guests here assembled. In blissful happiness you are to live in peaceful
+joy, to move in heavenly love to act, so shall your onward march be
+unobstructed, and as you advance increasing in wisdom, expanding and
+abounding in love, and augmenting in power until the highest angels and
+seraphims shall claim you for angelic companionship. Now, while the
+choristers join in the marriage anthem, I present for your congratulations
+this spiritually mated couple, who I now introduce as Emil Gabriel
+Helleberg and Ida Stebbins Helleberg.
+
+ "EMANUEL SWEDENBORG."
+
+
+Just as Madam Ehrenborg's communications were being copied for the
+printer, the "Banner of Light"--the oldest spiritual paper in
+existence--of date July 1, 1882, was placed in my hands, in which I find a
+communication from Helen Barnard Densmore, of Philadelphia, in which she
+says:
+
+"Philadelphia has been favored recently with a course of lectures from Mr.
+W. J. Colville, which have been well attended and received with
+appreciation. This truly inspired speaker is doing a great work in
+spreading the new gospel of spiritualism wherever he is called. His
+discourses are of a high order, in an intellectual and literary sense, as
+well as of great spiritual elevation. At one of the social receptions
+given to him at the residence of Colonel S. P. Kase, he gave a very
+interesting discourse on the physical life and development of the planets
+of our solar system as compared with the earth, which was listened to with
+an earnest attention and evident acceptance by those present. It was
+taught in this discourse that worlds were brought into existence for the
+sole purpose of furnishing a theater for souls to express themselves in
+matter upon, to the end of gaining knowledge and overcoming temptations in
+all forms and of all kinds; that these lives make up a system of
+embodiments which closes with the soul's triumph over all the evils to be
+found in material life.
+
+"We were told that in Mercury the attainment of a high degree of physical
+perfection was the highest ambition of its inhabitants; that that planet
+was in a lower state of animal, vegetable and spiritual progress than the
+earth, and the cultivation of the soil was their almost universal
+occupation; that Venus was in a high state of artistic and aesthetic
+cultivation; that art and music were the dominant passions there, with
+less intellectual and spiritual development, sensuous delights every-where
+abounding, and the cultivation of the beautiful the highest aim of life.
+On the earth the demon to be overcome was declared to be intellectualism,
+man's intellect being here worshiped and deified at the expense of the
+spiritual.
+
+"On Mars and Jupiter is to be found a much higher state of existence,
+matter being dominated by the spirit to a much greater degree than on
+either this earth or those planets nearest the sun; that exalted spirits
+from those planets, especially from Mars, are sent as especial embodiments
+to the earth, as teachers and messengers for spiritual truth.
+
+"Life on the more distant planets from the sun, beyond Jupiter, was
+declared to be of such an exalted character that there is no language
+understandable on earth in which to depict its glories and achievements."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X.
+
+DESCRIPTION OF THE JOURNEY TO MARS, AND WONDERFUL INFORMATION FURNISHED BY
+MADAM EHRENBORG.
+
+
+"March 9, 1882. Our party of tourists, after having been carefully
+selected in accordance with their ability to utilize the magnetic currents
+that connect the planets in our solar system, and their adaptability to
+the electric and magnetic condition of Mars, whither we were bound,
+started on the journey at, according to your time, midnight, February 23.
+We proceeded without any incident of note until we reached Maluka Plains,
+where we met a party of excursionists on a visit to our planet earth.
+Maluka Plains, named after a great prophet of Mars, are located many
+millions of miles from the circling magnetic belts of earth, and
+immediately adjacent to the outer circle of the electro-magnetic
+atmosphere of Mars. We were surprised to find that these excursionists
+were acquainted with our guide and leader, Mr. Swedenborg, for he had
+frequently visited the most interesting points of our stellar system. He
+had even been at Mars in spirit while he was in the body of flesh, but he
+finds many things quite different from what he thought he had discovered
+during his spiritual visits when embodied. The party we met were on a tour
+of scientific exploration, and gladly availed themselves of information
+imparted by Swedenborg and Polheim, and we in return were greatly aided
+by data and information furnished by them to us. While this conference, or
+rather exchange of information, was in progress a courier was dispatched
+by our newly-made acquaintances to the spiritual magnates of Mars
+concerning our coming. I shall here stop and defer a description of our
+first reception until our next sitting.
+
+"March 13. As we entered within the magnetic radius of Mars, and were
+emerging from the outer into the inner concentric circles, so
+characteristic of that planet, we met a reception committee of several
+thousand, and after formal greetings, we were escorted to a magnificent
+edifice, where were in waiting innumerable throngs of spiritual
+dignitaries and others to receive us. I here desire to remark that in my
+use of words I resort to your own vocabulary, for the thought language of
+the Marsians is quite different from the sound of your words, and to
+employ their terms would only confound you and militate against your
+proper conception and understanding of the narrative. For instance, I use
+the word edifice to indicate a structure, but they use an entirely
+different term and form of expression, and so on _ad infinitum_. The
+edifice referred to I am unable to describe, and it can only be fully
+understood in thought. In dimensions so great that your city of Cincinnati
+could be settled in one corner of it without attracting but very little
+attention. The material of which it is composed has no fitting
+representative on earth in its present state of development. Your diamonds
+and precious stones are as dim and unreflecting in comparison as a cloudy,
+murky day of autumn is to a bright summer day with the sun at meridian and
+the horizon unobstructed by cloud or a single mist. This comparison may
+serve to give you some idea of the absorbingly intense brilliancy of the
+mammoth structure, yet this is of itself but as a mote in the sunbeam to
+what I am assured exists in the immeasurable immensity of the higher
+creations in the inconceivable and boundless universe of God. Oh, how
+diminutive is this little ball of matter called earth, when we only
+measurably take in the vast immensity of the infinite domain of God. And
+poor, puny man, what a mere speck--a mere infinitisimal animalcule. As we
+approached this mammoth structure, it seemed to be tremulous with motion,
+and the motion, superinduced by such intensely penetrating, soul dazzling
+strains of music as to perfectly appal with ecstatic emotion our
+enraptured tourists. But for the preparation of us for it by the
+scientific spirits, who they called the Ulaetta, we could not have
+withstood it. I will give you this process of preparation on some future
+occasion, and I am sure it will be interesting to you and valuable when
+you come over. The ceremonies of reception were performed, not in speech,
+but in musical opera, which, singular to state, we were enabled to
+understand by the preparation mentioned. When I say musical opera I do not
+mean singing accompanied by music, but that the music itself was intensely
+operatic, and infused thought by the most astonishing and utterly
+inexplicable process into our interior soul consciousness. It was
+something worth years of suffering and pain to enjoy, and in contemplating
+its inconceivable grandeur I return to my own sphere, feeling how little I
+am, and to weep for the children of earth, still in ignorance and
+superstition, and I lift my voice in prayerful supplication to God to
+rend the veil, that poor humanity may obtain even faint glimpses of the
+gorgeous splendors of God's great kingdom; but I seem to hear a voice
+answering, Not yet; wait and be patient.
+
+"March 20. We observed the most singular fact connected with the edifice
+wherein we were received. In approaching it we were unable to penetrate
+into its interior with our vision. It seemed to be a solid mass of
+exquisitely fine material, but on gaining admission into its interior, by
+some peculiar power that seemed to affect our spiritual vision and
+perceptions, we were enabled to see through and beyond it, and to perceive
+objects in the far distance. In other words, the whole structure seemed to
+vanish so far as to permit no obstruction to our vision far beyond its
+limits, and yet it was thoroughly substantial, composed of finely
+attenuated and spiritually sublimated material. I have so much to tell you
+that I must forego the pleasure of indulging in details, however
+interesting they might be to you.
+
+"The presiding personage at our reception was a figure of tall and
+commanding appearance, with a benevolent face, dignified mien, and large
+blue eyes, that seemed constantly tremulous with love and emotion. He held
+in his hand a magic wand, which ever and anon he would wave, and in
+harmony with these movements the most enchanting sounds of music seemed to
+be wafted far out in the viewless spiritual ether that surrounded and
+enveloped us. This wonderful fact baffles the skill of mortal pen and
+mortal language to describe, and you must be content with what is said as
+the best that can be said, so as to reach your comprehension.
+
+"As I caught the eye of this great presiding spirit I perceived the idea
+emanating from his mind, 'I am glad to meet you,' yet not one of these
+words was spoken. I essayed to answer to express my thankfulness for his
+friendly recognition of us, and I found I could not speak audibly, but my
+thought he caught immediately, and bowed in acknowledgment. He had been
+many thousands of years before a sage and philosopher on the planet Mars,
+and bore about the same relation to his people as Mahomet, Confucius,
+Jesus, Swedenborg and others of their day have in your world; and he is
+pre-eminent in music. All the great spirits of Mars are eminent musicians.
+Music, intellectual expansion and spiritual growth seem to be wedded, and
+go hand in hand together. These are wonderful relations, but nevertheless
+are true.
+
+"In my next I will introduce you to some of the societies and cities of
+the planet, to be followed from time to time by revelations that can not
+fail to impress you with the greatest interest, and not only be
+interesting and instructive, but will be of great value to you in your
+after life in the spheres. My clear and venerable friend, be of good
+cheer, and in the sweet bye and bye I will accompany you on this very
+tour, and then you will perceive the difficulties in the way of giving a
+description so as to be understood by mortals.
+
+"March 27. After the ceremonies of reception, the details of which, fully
+set forth, would fill a large volume, we set out under the escort of a
+select delegation of forty-seven in number on a tour of inspection, a few
+only of the incidents of which I can imperfectly touch. Many things
+observed by us I am not at liberty to mention, for the all-sufficient
+reason that you would not understand them and the world is not prepared to
+receive them.
+
+"Our first visit was to a society of literary celebrities, located in a
+city of marvelous beauty. For our present use we will call the place the
+City of Learning, and the society, the Society of the Literati. These
+names are not the real ones, but serve our purpose fully as well, indeed
+much better. The city is located on the border of a vast expanse of water
+of a golden hue, and this limpid stream is a vast musical organ of sounds,
+whose very vibrations, as its currents flow along, disturb the surrounding
+atmosphere, resulting in the production of harmonies in musical
+intonations, not only delightfully enrapturing, but far beyond the power
+of portrayal in human speech. We stood upon its brink, and were enchanted
+by its soul-piercing melody. Ever and anon the mellowed rays of the
+spiritual sun of our solar system would strike upon the bosom of this
+majestic stream, producing in their rebound such marvelous, scintillating
+reflections as to cause the beautiful tints of your rainbow to pale into
+utter insignificance in comparison. You must elaborate in your own mind
+these feeble touches of my pen, for I can not stop to give minute
+delineations, but only the idea, and you can carry it onward in your
+imagination without fear of overdoing the picture or exaggerating the
+facts.
+
+"The ladies and gentlemen composing the Society of the Literati of this
+one city are numbered by the many thousands, with vast numbers of
+co-operating branches in as many different localities. We are told that
+there exist still higher branches, which we were not spiritually fitted
+to visit and comprehend. We, as spirits from earth, lacked planetary
+development, but we have the promise in the infinite justice of God's
+eternal laws that in time, though very far distant, our earth, with its
+encircling spiritual spheres, will reach unto the gorgeous grandeur of
+Mars. Here let us pause and reflect.
+
+"March 29. Herein may be found ample food for study, inspiring elements
+for reflection:
+
+"_First_--How almighty is God, yet puny man is wondering whether there is
+a God.
+
+"_Second_--How grand and noble may all his children become.
+
+"_Third_--How patiently does God, through inflexible and unerring law,
+work out such stupendous results.
+
+"_Fourth_--Man while in the flesh would arrogate unto himself the
+attributes of a God, when in truth it requires ages of effort and progress
+only to disclose to him that yet he is not yet an angel. But still how
+grand are the possibilities before man, inviting him onward. They can not
+be fully conceived by the finite mind, much less described.
+
+"We saw many translucent streams, whose pellucid waters were charming to
+behold. There is a law appertaining to all advanced spiritual
+intelligences that induces the profoundest meditation, the sublimest
+adoration, when beholding, although only partially, the infinite variety
+and splendors of the creation; and I must occasionally pause in my
+narrative to give expression to this law of my soul.
+
+"We were next conducted to a vast building, wherein was deposited the
+grandest library of books, and they were simply collections on scientific
+subjects alone. Elsewhere were vast collections on other subjects not
+intimately connected with science--books as tangible and objective to us
+as the slate on which I am writing is to your touch and sight. Mr.
+Swedenborg, being naturally of a scientific turn of mind, became
+absorbingly interested in this department, and it was with reluctance he
+took his departure therefrom. He made arrangements to return to study some
+things to be found here and which he has not been able to find elsewhere.
+He is promised aid by the members of the Society of the Literati.
+
+"We then visited an assembly of representative men, and I am now about to
+tell you something that will surprise you, but it is nevertheless true.
+When I use the expression representative men I mean that each planet has
+representatives to every other planet in the solar system. I must reserve
+the next sitting for a description of the grand system of planetary
+diplomacy--envoys extraordinary or ministers plenipotentiary, as you would
+call them. The power is too nearly exhausted to enter upon the subject at
+this sitting. We notify you now that by these ministrations and recitals
+you are living many, many years in advance of this age of your planet.
+
+"April 3. In your solar system you only claim eight planets, exclusive of
+the Asteroids between Mars and Jupiter, but the truth is there are
+thirteen in number; five of them have long since passed into their
+spiritual orbits, and consequently are not objective to your telescopes,
+and this state is to be the ultimate of all planets. Every planet,
+including the earth, is continually undergoing change, that is to say,
+gradually passing from the gross to the more refined, and by a
+continually advancing series of geologic and progressive changes from the
+lower to the higher, from the crude to the more refined, from the material
+toward the spiritual, all will ultimately in time pass into spiritual
+conditions or orbits. But as this theme is scientific, and not directly in
+the line of or pertinent to my narrative, I will abandon it, at least for
+the present.
+
+"In my last I told you that each planet was favored with representatives
+from every other planet in our system, and it is from this system,
+spiritually originating, that you have derived your system of
+international representation. I do not mean that any spirit communicated
+this to the nations, but that in the early formation of nationalities and
+the commercial intercourse between nations, susceptible public men, by
+reason of their exceeding impressibility, got the inspiration from
+surrounding spiritual influences, and to a certain degree and extent
+carried it into execution in the establishment of ambassadorial relations
+between friendly governmental powers. But there is a marked difference
+between your nations and the spiritual worlds in the objects and purposes
+of such system. In the spiritual worlds representatives are deputed one to
+the other for an entirely different purpose from yours in sending
+ministers to England, France, Russia, etc. Your accredited agents of
+government abroad are simply spies to watch other countries, lest some
+trivial advantage may be gained against you in some minor and unimportant
+matter. Selfishness is the law by which they are to be governed. They are
+expected to be, and generally are, lorded and feasted, dined and wined,
+all in the high-sounding names of civilization and national urbanity.
+Ours are sent on an entirely different mission--to gather knowledge for
+the benefit of all. Our public and representative men are not engaged in
+learning the rules and laws of the stock market, how to manipulate it and
+how to create corners in the bountiful productions vouchsafed by the
+Infinite, nor how to secure safe investments with large and profitable
+margins, but to learn the laws of the planets, to the end that they may be
+utilized in the development and progress of their varied and numerous
+peoples. Through whatever other planets, farther advanced than ours--have
+passed, we, too, must pass, and hence by our representative spirits
+learning of their varied progressive experiences, they are enabled to
+prepare for and assist in the changes that must inevitably ensue.
+
+"I can not carry my thought further than to say in addition that our solar
+system, as a system in its entirety, has representatives to thousands of
+other solar systems revolving in space, circling around their respective
+central suns. You perceive that the grandeur of creative glory is looming
+up before us in majestic proportions, far beyond our power to comprehend
+and portray. We look forward with great pleasure to each succeeding
+meeting, when we hope to continue our narrative if conditions continue to
+favor us.
+
+"April 6. After feasting in the examination of the library of the Society
+of the Literati I felt an intense desire to learn something in regard to
+the religious teachings on the planet in its past, as applied to the
+embodied Marsians, in the curious desire to find out whether their
+theological and religious history bore any resemblance to ours, and if
+dissimilar, wherein by contrast the dissimilarity consisted. Of course,
+in the very nature of things, this opened up a wide field of
+investigation, and I can only give you points condensed and with the
+utmost brevity, and without any attempt at elaboration. As I have already
+informed you, the denizens of Mars do not use our language or mode of
+speech, and therefore I am compelled to transfer their thoughts into our
+language, and you must consider that much will be lost in the
+transmission.
+
+"The planet Mars, in point of time, is much older than the earth, and
+consequently has passed through many more changes; these successive
+changes or epochs have had their respective theologies, and I was utterly
+surprised to learn that in some respects they resembled ours--that is to
+say, their earlier theology--the later and truer has no resemblance
+whatever to ours or any that we have had in the past. The people of Mars
+in the dim and distant ages of the bygone have had many gods and many
+bibles. Their older books or bibles are now treasured as simple
+curiosities belonging to the infancy of the race, and the wonder now is
+how it was possible at any period of their history that a people could be
+found seemingly so hopelessly ignorant as to believe them. The same fate,
+my friend, awaits your Bibles, Korans, Zend-Avestas, etc. But in all their
+speculations in religion they were never taught to believe that their
+remote ancestors had fallen from an imaginary state of perfection, nor
+that somebody else's sufferings and death were imperatively necessary to
+extricate them from the peril, and to reinstate them into the loving
+esteem and saving grace of their creator. While they had many follies in
+their early history, they had none like unto our own. They never believed
+God to be angry and revengeful nor that he would ever destroy their own or
+any other world by water, fire or otherwise, nor that men were made out of
+dust and women from ribs, nor that fish swallowed men, preserved them in
+good condition in their stomachs, and delivered them subsequently and in
+safety upon the dry land. These silly recitals of your bible will be
+ridiculed and laughed at some of these coming happy days."
+
+"April 10: If you could be instantaneously transferred to the planet Mars
+just as you are in the form you could not live a moment of time. The
+intensely rarefied and etherealized atmospheres surrounding that planet
+would not maintain animal life such as yours. Yet the time has been when
+beings more crude, dense and undeveloped have lived and figured on the
+stage of Mar's history. The law of evolution or unceasing progression
+applies to all planets and in a degree of unfoldment according to the
+periodic duration of time of each. Hence, under the operation of this
+inexorable law of the creation you can readily and with quick discerning
+eye see the ultimate destiny of all--that is to say, the utter overcoming
+of the crude and unrefined by the spiritual absorption of the whole, and
+yet this law that lifts the lower into the higher has no limit or ending.
+You can therefore see in the myriad ages of future time with this law, all
+the while actively working, how inexpressibly refined and sublimated will
+become spiritual beings and spiritual essences. This constitutes a grand
+revelation, and presents in contemplation the grand possibilities in
+store for man and the fittest of all things material. While the
+constituent elements are the same, yet in outward manifestation the atoms
+composing your physical bodies, and those in the form on Mars, are quite
+dissimilar. The same elements that exist here, either as applied to the
+spiritual or material, are essentially the same as exist in the remotest
+realms of the creation. They only differ in presentation or outward
+manifestation, and in the degree of their development and progression.
+Here is another theme for contemplation and study, and the fact as here
+disclosed ought to fill us with proud satisfaction, for the inherent
+elements and qualities possessed by the millions of worlds, revolving in
+the unexplored immensity of space and their countless myriad hosts of
+people, are possessed by our world and our denizens, only differing in the
+intensity of their action and the degree of unfoldment or approximation
+toward maturity--ah, a maturity that never matures. While the law of
+progression is infinite it deals with the finite, and as the finite can
+only advance toward but never become infinite, so will this mighty law of
+progression carry us onward and onward, upward and upward through all
+coming time, and yet will never cease from its labors or find repose. What
+a mighty destiny before and for man!
+
+"April 14. In this and my next I will tell you some things that will
+surprise you, but they are veritably true. I am dealing with you in
+verities, however absurd and preposterous they may appear to the
+unprogressed mind. This is said, by your people, to be a remarkable age,
+and in many respects it is so. You are receiving some matter far in
+advance of the age in which you are living, but it will be properly
+recognized and appreciated in the years to come.
+
+"On the planet Mars jails and prison houses for the confinement and
+punishment of malefactors are only historic reminiscences of the past.
+There are now no punishments inflicted because there are no offenders to
+punish.
+
+"The doctrine of sacrificial atonement, with its retarding influence, was
+never taught to the people of that planet. They have always been taught
+the supreme goodness of the creator conjoined with wisdom and almighty
+power. God being supremely good, and supreme in the exercise of goodness,
+they have not for thousands of years last past entertained the slightest
+apprehension that any onslaught upon their peace, happiness, and future
+felicity, would be permitted. From this ennobling conception of God came
+the desire to manifest a spirit of devotion and veneration, and
+consequently at an earlier period of the history of Mars the worship of
+the people was low and groveling somewhat resembling, as I am informed,
+the ancient idol worship of the Egyptians and Israelites. At the present
+time the two worlds--the spiritual and material--of Mars are so closely
+allied and interblended that the spiritual forces are enabled to exercise
+a positively restraining influence over the conduct and actions of those
+still connected with the physical, so they can not, if they would, commit
+wrong, or perpetrate infractions upon the law of right. By reason of this
+high condition of development those passing out of the material form are
+at once intromitted into the higher conditions of the spiritual world,
+because they are fitted for them. All are mediums and subject absolutely
+to spiritual action and control. This is what your spirit world is seeking
+to do for you, so, if possible, to pass over and beyond some of the rough
+experiences of other planets, and your people do not seem to have the good
+sense to see it. On Mars there are no murders, arsons, robberies,
+forgeries, slanders, and other crimes and misdeeds, for they have
+progressed beyond them. Do you not perceive the sublimity of this
+condition? and will it not be a most glorious consummation when you shall
+have reached the same altitude of progress.
+
+"April 17. Another subject of inquiry engrossed my attention, namely,
+marriage. I became interested to know something of the history of this
+people on this subject, and I found it to be an exceedingly interesting
+one. At this period of Mars there is no such institution as marriage in
+the sense you regard it. It is not an exaggeration to say that a very
+large per cent of your marriages are brought about as the result of the
+most unholy motives. Passion, lust, avarice, etc., are generally the
+impelling influences, and seldom is witnessed a union from purely
+spiritual causes. It is needless to say these marriages are not only
+temporal, ending with the death of the body, if not sooner by an unholy
+judicial system of divorcement, but entail a cruel blighting curse upon
+the race.
+
+"The history of your own planet on the subject of marriage is but feebly
+understood by you. Enough however is known to induce all lovers of
+humanity to loathe and detest it as it has been practiced in the past. It
+is claimed that God created animate creatures in pairs, male and female,
+and that, as applied to man, he cemented a union of one man and one woman
+in the marriage relation, and that this occurred at the commencement of
+the creation in the Garden of Eden. Your conspicuous bible characters,
+such as Abraham, David, Solomon, and others, have not only ignored and
+trampled upon virtue in its simplest and purest forms, but with the
+hellish gluttony of the vampire feasting on blood, they debauched
+innocence, prostituted virtue to their unholy lust, and thereby destroyed
+the holiest relation of life. Their numerous wives and concubines attest
+this, and yet your pious Christians are waging a relentless warfare upon
+the Mormons of Utah and vehemently thundering against the polygamous
+practices of the Latter Day Saints. Shame for Christian consistency. On
+this subject your advanced thinkers do not discuss those eternal and
+enduring spiritual laws of attraction by magnetic and soul affinity upon
+which alone shines forth in eternal splendor the blending of soul with
+soul in an everlasting conjugal union. The people of Mars understand and
+adopt these laws, or rather harmonize and abide in them, and now while
+embodied their marriages are for all unending future time. As the result
+we discover on that planet a race of people almost perfect in their
+mental, moral, and physical developments, requiring only time, experience,
+and progression, to disclose the still more wonderful proportions of their
+being. The union of one man and one woman under spiritual conditions is
+the highest type of marriage, and constitutes the paramount and supreme
+intention of the deity, and is the ultimatum and consummation of the law
+of conjugal love--all others are fleeting, dishonoring, and only evil.
+
+"April 20. Your candidates for matrimony, first obtaining each other's
+consent, and the approval of parents or guardians, apply to the legally
+constituted authorities for a license or permit to enter the holy state,
+and when procured they repair to a priest or magistrate, who for a few
+shekels pronounces a few stereotyped phrases, followed by the solemn
+declaration pronouncing them man and wife, closing generally with the
+ludicrous and farcical command, 'whom God has joined together let no man
+put asunder.' Oh, what a caricature and farce. It is bad enough to declare
+whom the law has joined together, and so forth, but to assume with such
+solemn gravity that God has joined in wedlock's sacred union many of the
+marriage alliances which are mere caricatures of marriage, is not only
+blasphemy, but the very apex of nonsense, and is the widest possible
+departure from truth.
+
+"If it be true that God joins them together, no power, save himself could
+put asunder or disunite. To assert otherwise would amount to affirming
+that God is the author of failures. The difference between marriages that
+only have their basis in consent, license, and ceremony, and that marriage
+which God cements when two are joined by the divine laws of soul affinity
+and magnetic attraction--the one is of the earth earthy, the other is from
+the Lord through and by the operation of eternal law, and is therefore
+heavenly. Oh, that the children of earth might learn and conform to these
+subtle and glorious laws for their own good and in the interest of those
+to come after them.
+
+"On the planet Mars the people have no license system on any subject.
+While you on earth are wrangling about licensing the sale of intoxicating
+beverages, on Mars they have none to license. While here you are exercised
+over measures of taxation to raise revenue to support the government, on
+Mars no taxes whatever are imposed, and public affairs for the general
+public good are administered freely and without compensation, purely as a
+labor of love. The truth is that the mundane affairs of Mars are more
+regulated, controlled, and conducted by the spiritual powers of the planet
+than by those in the form. The two worlds are so intimately related to
+each other, and are so closely brought together, that this is not only
+practicable but desirable and profitable.
+
+"April 21. There is on the planet Mars a subterranean passage through it
+from pole to pole, which Mr. Swedenborg informs me he has thoroughly
+explored. There is more truth than poetry in what is known as Symmes' hole
+as applied to your earth. When the time comes by the settlement of your as
+yet vast millions of uninhabited acres, and a change takes place in
+northern temperature and conditions, the people of that day will discover
+within and through the very heart center of your earth a country nearly a
+third as large as the exterior surface, and by that time every thing
+therein will be sufficiently progressed and developed to supply the wants
+and invite the ambition and energies of the people of that period. But
+this discovery, or rather the occupation of this subterranean country, is
+very far off in point of time, and the human race of earth will then be
+quite different from what it is now. They will have so changed by the
+lapse of time and the law of progress as to be enabled to pass into the
+new country by way of the north pole with ease and safety. The north pole
+is the true opening, and can not be reached until the fullness of time, as
+I have indicated. As the area of territory of Mar's surface was about
+being densely covered by population, and apprehensions were being
+entertained for the future of the race, lo and behold, the new interior
+country was discovered and subsequently peopled. By the time it is crowded
+no more will be needed, for the planet by that time will have passed into
+its spiritual orbit and into the ocean of spiritual ether, where suffering
+can never come from lack of room. This will be the future history of your
+planet, and you will pass through the same experiences and reach the same
+ultimate. Behold how infinitely wise all things are forearranged. Just as
+we need by our development new limits, new appliances and new things, they
+are ready for our use, and are never disclosed until we are ready for and
+need them.
+
+"April 24. At this time those living on the planet Mars do not die or pass
+through the change called death as you do here. They have no diseases that
+cause the untimely taking off of the inhabitants. Disease has long since
+been banished. All of the procreating elements of disease residing in the
+materiality of the globe or the surrounding atmosphere have been by
+progressive development eliminated. And even before this had fully
+occurred the people had learned the laws of health and the process of
+neutralizing and rendering harmless the lurking germs that remained. You
+may perceive from this what a happy people they are. There are no untimely
+deaths on Mars. Children grow up to manhood and womanhood; yet there is
+no fixed standard of time when all die, that is, no definite and
+invariable period of longevity. And right here comes in a great law, now
+operative on Mars, that the people of earth know nothing about, for it has
+never been communicated before, namely, children can not die there. It was
+never designed that they should die here. Marriage being brought about, as
+before stated, by the grand law of magnetic attraction or spiritual
+affinity, and all diseases being banished and their producing causes
+annihilated, nothing but absolutely sound and perfect physical and mental
+organizations are imparted to offspring by their progenitors. You see at
+once the idea, for I must be brief--the children being perfect in health
+of body and mind by procreation, and there being no diseases to affect
+them after birth, death can not touch them, in fact can touch none before
+the time arrives, varying in point of longevity for the separation of
+spirit and body. None die before the full maturity of stature, and some
+live to be a very advanced age. After reaching complete development or
+stature, they pass out of and away from the material in point of time,
+according to the antecedent conditions of their varied being. Some arrive
+after maturity to the estate of progressive experience in the form sooner
+than others, and when this period arrives, whether it be at thirty, forty,
+fifty or a hundred years, they pass on to their ultimate and higher state
+of being in the spiritual spheres. It is known when each shall pass out of
+the form long before the event transpires, and all due preparation is
+accordingly made therefor. Your scientists have discovered, and rightly,
+too, that about every seven years the atoms and particles composing your
+physical organizations change and give way to new ones. But this is
+gradual and imperceptible. On Mars, at this period of development, the
+changes are much more frequent, and these successive changes determine the
+approach of dissolution, and instead of death in an hour or a day, it goes
+on perceptibly and without pain or suffering for years. Every change
+lessens the material composites of the body, and at each a nearer approach
+to the spiritual takes place, until finally the physical, by the gradual
+process of embodied sublimation or attenuation, passes away, and the
+spiritual becomes supreme. This culmination is equivalent to what you call
+death, except that there is no attending pain, no death struggle, and no
+physical body afterwards to take care of and lay away. The body, by
+successive changes, has seemingly vanished into nothingness and been
+absorbed in the atmosphere.
+
+"April 27. We have been expecting you to inquire of us how the people live
+on the planet Mars, what kind of architecture in the construction of their
+business houses, habitations, etc.; what kind of food they eat, and with
+what raiment are they clothed, etc.
+
+"You will have observed from what we have heretofore made known to you
+that the services of four classes of professional worthies have been
+dispensed with, simply because the people have progressed beyond their
+utility, namely, lawyers, doctors, preachers and politicians. Lawyers can
+only thrive and exist professionally in a land where conscience is not
+permitted to exercise its native simplicity and positive purity, and where
+the lower passions and propensities are largely dominant. When
+conscience, active, pure and simple, is allowed to manifest its functions
+in perfect unrestraint, and to act as the governing power in the
+regulation of human conduct, the presence and office of the barrister are
+no longer of use. Lawyers flourish as a general proposition on strife and
+contention, bad faith and unfair dealing; and when these shall happily
+end, like poor cashiered Cassio, their occupation will be gone. The
+doctors grow opulent by medication, because of the ignorance of the people
+with reference to the true laws of marriage, proper antenatal conditions,
+neglect of proper hygiene, and ignorance as to overcoming or rendering
+harmless the deleterious conditions, both atmospheric and from the
+undeveloped state of inherent nature. But when, by progressing beyond
+their harmful influences, or by enlightenment and healing gifts, the
+people shall obtain a complete mastery over them, disease shall be
+banished, then the avocation of the physician ends, and he will have to
+seek a livelihood in other pursuits.
+
+"The preacher lives in comfortable indolence because of the ignorance and
+superstition of the people. His office is one of hypocrisy and fraud.
+Hypocrisy, because if he is not a fool, he knows his teachings are not
+true, and of fraud, because by dissembling he extorts from his parishoners
+a dishonorable subsistence. When the people grow sufficiently wise they
+will be taught by the denizens of the spirit world truth and
+righteousness. Then the mission or office of the sacerdotal gentlemen will
+be closed, and they can seek employment in the many more honorable
+occupations. The politician, cunning and subtle, swims along smoothly upon
+the rolling current of the credulity of the people and his own duplicity.
+He prospers because you have not as yet grown into full political manhood,
+and he succeeds in hoodwinking you with the belief that his heart is
+overflowing with patriotism and anxious solicitude for the public weal.
+But I must leave this class--the politicians--to the tender mercies of
+several gentlemen who are waiting the opportunity to contribute their part
+to your enterprise.
+
+"April 28. The coarse food necessary for you in order to keep up the crude
+materiality of which your physical make-up is composed, is not needed by
+the denizens of Mars. In the composition of your physical bodies is a
+representative of all the material elements in nature--iron, calcium,
+wood, earth, etc.--and it is easily demonstrated by microscopic inspection
+and chemical analysis, that in every drop of blood in the human system all
+these varied and numerous elements are represented. Hence man may be
+safely considered a microcosm, or nature in her vast domain, reflected in
+miniature. But you still exist in the realm of the crude, and yet you are
+vastly more refined than in the ages past, and forward, onward, and upward
+is the line of march marked out for you by the infinitely wise director of
+all things. On the planet Mars no animal food is used, because among other
+reasons the physical properties of the body do not require the elements of
+animal flesh to replace nature's wastes. Thousands of former species of
+animals have become extinct, swallowed up in the ever surging maelstrom of
+progression or absorbed in the higher forms. Vegetation in the planet Mars
+is quite different, both in expression or appearance, and constituent
+composition from the vegetation of your planet. Here the aroma residing
+in the vegetable and escaping therefrom, is largely absorbed and
+neutralized by the grossness of the vegetable itself, while on Mars the
+grossness has become so diminished that to the senses the aroma has almost
+become tangibly objective, and this aroma is food strengthening and
+invigorating, is nearly sufficient of itself to support existence in the
+form without the assistance of the more substantial fibers of the parent
+vegetable. Yet in a certain prepared form the substantial material is
+used. The time is not very far distant, as I am assured, when the people
+there will subsist on aromatic emanations from material productions, aided
+by magnetic, electric, and other atmospheric properties used simply by
+inhalation. In the water you use are to be found teeming millions of
+living and moving animalcules. They are enabled to live on the elements of
+the water in its present gross state, but on the planet Mars the water has
+been dispossessed of its life germinating and life sustaining properties
+to aquatic productions, and has thus progressed with all other things and
+beings. No life or form of life is now brought into being there, but such
+higher types as are fitted to pass with the planet into spiritual
+conditions; and the water being so purified by nature's refining processes
+is as different from your ordinary water as clear, sparkling sprays
+projected from your fountains and dancing in the sunbeams are to the murky
+waters of your rivulets immediately after a violent rain-storm. I will
+resume this subject in my next.
+
+"May 1. On Mars they have learned how to produce from the soil itself any
+vegetable that naturally grows therefrom. In the soil itself reside all
+the constituent elements of all vegetation in their infinite variety. You
+may thoughtlessly answer, that in order to produce any species of
+vegetation used for table consumption, the seed or germ must first be sown
+in the soil beneath the surface, but you forget that this process is but
+the result of civilization and art, and that originally, that is before
+you learned how to obtain and use seed, the products sprang of themselves
+and apparently spontaneously from the earth. Whence did they come? and
+whence were their germinating and generating powers obtained? Think a
+little deeply on the subject, and you will be led irresistibly to the
+correct conclusion that in the soil exists all the requisite elements in
+the production of vegetation by growth. The people of Mars have acquired
+the knowledge which enables them to produce out of the soil, abstractly
+considered, all the essential qualities of the vegetable without waiting
+for the tedious process of growth. This process is purely chemical, and
+everybody there understands it. Hence you see they do not have to buy
+vegetables, for all can have their essential qualities for food without
+cost to the consumer. Long since the ownership of the soil by individuals
+was abandoned for the general common good, and on this subject the
+primitive condition of affairs in your planet prevails universally on
+Mars--that is to say everybody owns realty, one just as much as another.
+This is pure unadulterated agrarianism in its highest and most perfect
+form.
+
+"It is often asked in your intercourse with the world of spirits: What are
+the employments of spirits? what are they about? what do they do? etc. It
+is pertinent to inquire, What are the employments of the people of Mars
+still embodied? What do they do since we have discovered that they do not
+now toil for the acquisition of riches, because they have no possible use
+for them; no taxes to pay, no governmental machinery to support, no
+lawyers to annoy, no preachers to vex, torture, and maintain, no doctors
+to nauseate with their drugs, no politicians to hoodwink the people and
+feed at the public crib, no grocery bills to look after and liquidate,
+etc. Before we answer these and many other important queries, we shall see
+what the people do for raiment with which to clothe themselves, and what
+they do for shelter, if, indeed, shelter is necessary. If we shall
+discover that these are free gifts from the father, then the employments
+of the embodied Marsians becomes a question of very interesting and
+pressing importance.
+
+"May 4. I suspect that you already anticipate the tenor of what we have to
+tell you in regard to the clothing of the people of Mars, what texture,
+how derived, etc. Your keen perceptions and astute comprehension enables
+you to see at a glance that if this law of progression, as applied to the
+material, whereby the lowest forms are reached and operated upon, lifting
+with its strong arms into higher and still higher conditions, be true, it
+must be true and in regard to all material things--the soil, rock, wood,
+water, etc., animal and vegetable life, and as we shall have occasion to
+show further on, to the mundane atmosphere surrounding the planet. All
+things progress and advance in like and equal ratio, leaving nothing
+behind or unaffected by the law. This advancing march of matter from the
+crude and gross into the more refined and sublimated is seemingly slow,
+but nevertheless sure and unerringly, indiscriminate, and precise.
+Therefore the raiment worn by the denizens of Mars has reached the same
+altitude of refinement as all other material things.
+
+"The seasons, once resembling yours, spring, summer, autumn, and winter,
+have nearly merged, that is to say, have nearly blended into one perpetual
+season of summer loveliness. The austerity of winter, with its stormy
+blasts and cold, piercing wind waves has long since ceased to be; no
+frosts to nip and blight the fruits and flowers; no chilling autumns, with
+withering leaf, to inspire with melancholy and sadness. What will surprise
+you in this connection is, that, while the cold temperature has wrought
+its work in the development of the past, and is only known to have once
+existed by historic relation, the intense heat of summer has also
+disappeared. When you have severely cold winters, almost unendurable even
+in your temperate zones, your wise philosophers theorize that your
+ultimate destiny is to freeze out; that the icebergs and ice glaziers of
+the north are ultimately either to roll over the now fair portions of the
+earth, destroying all things animate, or that their freezing breath will
+sweep over the globe involving in death all the fair and lovely forms of
+nature's productions, including godlike man, the apex and crowning glory
+of creation. But lo! when the earth straightens up on her axis and the
+cold waves retreat and sink away in their northern hiding place, and the
+genial and vernal season with its pleasant temperature returns, these same
+philosophers take a breathing spell, rest awhile, and conclude that it has
+not been so very cold after all; and when the summer comes, if it happens
+to be unusual in the intensity of its heat, and the solar rays seem to
+almost melt into molten ruin all things, and to scorch the forest leaves
+and wilt the waving harvests, these same philosophical wiseacres change
+tactics, reverse their position, and with one heroic bound jump to a
+directly opposite conclusion, namely: that we are all destined ultimately
+to burn up and become annihilated in a general conflagration by solar heat
+igniting the combustible material of the planet and its surrounding
+atmosphere. Oh, how impotent in philosophy! A simple and humble inquiry
+settles the question. Why destroy this fair earth, daily and hourly
+becoming still fairer? Does God do any thing without an allwise and
+beneficent purpose? Is it possible for Him to do a silly, foolish thing?
+He would certainly not destroy the earth unless there was thereby some
+noble and beneficent purpose to subserve. What grand purpose, good and
+wise, can be accomplished by ending the existence of a planet that has as
+yet scarcely begun to live? To assume that He will do such a thing, is to
+assume that He has become disappointed and disgusted with his own
+creation, which annuls His wisdom and foresight, or that He delights in
+folly, making a world and then destroying it because He can, or for any
+other silly and insufficient reason. To thus assume is to dishonor Him as
+a God, and to invest Him with the attributes of a devil.
+
+"Wonderful changes do occur marking epochs, or cycles, in the history of
+all planets. Where you live to-day, thousands upon thousands of years ago
+another race of human beings lived, attaining a certain degree of
+development in science and art, but upon the fulfillment of their mission
+they passed away from the face of the earth. Where you now live was once
+swept over by old ocean, and where the deep waters and angry billows of
+the Atlantic now roll and revel once lived a race of people called the
+Atlantians, but their land with its embellishments of art and progressive
+development became submerged by the changes of the mighty waters, and now
+lies buried beneath its rolling deep and lashing waves. But observe in all
+this that the globe goes on, and succeeding developments of man and
+material things come forth far in advance of the former order of things.
+What, if in the womb of time it is reserved for Atlantis to arise from her
+watery entombment and to flourish again with renewed and increased
+grandeur, involving the submersion of other portions of the earth's
+surface, including your own? This would not be death to any portion of the
+planet in any high and exalted sense, but a progressive change, a
+revivifying of life, a quickening and impulsion of being in the grand
+advancing march of development and sublimation. As we write, the theme
+expands and enlarges, and as the power begins to wane we find we have not
+discoursed minutely on the subject of raiment, and beg your indulgence for
+a resume of the subject in our next.
+
+"May 5. There being, at this stage of development on Mars, no winter with
+its concomitants of winds and storm, snow and ice, you have no difficulty
+in apprehending that very light material only is needed to protect and
+render comfortable the persons of the people. Material of the texture of
+your lightest flannel underwear would be oppressively and uncomfortably
+warm, and indeed insufferable. Thin and quite gauzy robes composed of
+finely attenuated and exquisitely refined material constitute their
+apparel. I have told you hitherto that of the animal kingdom only the
+fittest have survived the marvelous successive changes in the infinite
+series of progressive advancements. Among those now living with the
+ability of propagation is an animal species somewhat resembling your
+sheep, but so exceedingly refined as to be remarkably striking in
+contrast. Of course, and in the very nature of things, the fleecy wool,
+or, rather velvety down, that grows upon this noble animal, so
+distinguished for innocence, aesthetic tastes in food and refinement in
+habits of life, is eminently suited for purposes of habilament, and
+accordingly is thus utilized. They are propagated in unlimited numbers,
+live to an advanced age, are the common property of all the people, and
+have within themselves the qualities of eternal being.
+
+"The forest and other trees, shrubs and flowers, have advanced under the
+same law of progress. Very many species of the olden time
+disappearing--the fittest only having survived. Among those now extant on
+the planet, is a peculiar and quite extensively cultivated species, from
+which is produced a fabric resembling somewhat your cotton production,
+with the same difference in refinement of texture as exists between your
+wool and that developed on Mars as herein stated. This is utilized for
+raiment also. Besides the people there have mastered the law that spirits
+employ in the materialization of garments at your materializing seances,
+only much finer, and out of the ambient atmosphere, filled as it is with
+sublimated atoms and emanations, they are enabled to collect and magnetize
+into solidified form appropriate garments for their use and comfort. When
+thus magnetized into objective and tangible being it partakes of and
+assumes a varied hue and color, according to the progressed and advanced
+state of the person using the garments. In other words the magnetic aura
+and spiritual emanations proceeding from the individual infiltrates and
+becomes interwoven in the delicate fibers of the new garment extracted and
+brought into being from the viewless air, imparting hue and coloration
+presenting different appearances, whereby the grade or degree of
+advancement of the individual wearer is made known and determined. Here
+you inquire of the spirits to know what sphere you are fitted to enter in
+the spirit world, there they know by this means in advance of leaving the
+body. Your spirits in imparting light and knowledge to you concerning
+their state, tell you that a spirit and its proper sphere are known by the
+peculiar aura, or surroundings and clothing of the individual spirit, and
+this is true to the letter. But on Mars this law of spirit designation
+that belongs to the spiritual spheres of your planet, reaches out and
+reveals itself in the persons of the people of Mars before they have
+actually entered upon the spiritual journey of life in the spiritual
+spheres.
+
+"Now the additional fact is disclosed to you that by reason of this mode
+of obtaining raiment the avocation of the merchant is of slender
+dimensions, and the manufacturer's art and pursuit, except as known and
+practiced by all alike, are now unknown on the planet Mars.
+
+"In our next we will discourse on buildings, habitations, etc. We had
+hoped to reach this part of the subject in this communication, but as we
+advance the themes and subjects broaden and expand, and we sincerely
+regret that the power by this process--independent slate writing--although
+the purest of all, will not last us at one sitting sufficiently to fully
+elaborate our thoughts and descriptive delineations on a given subject. It
+has this advantage, however, it comes directly from the materialized
+fingers of the spirit without the direct use of the brain of another in
+transmission. Adieu until our next.
+
+"May 8. The same reasons assigned in our last, why very light garments
+only were needed for the bodily comfort and happiness of the people of
+Mars apply with equal propriety, force, and truth, to the subject of their
+habitations.
+
+"Your rains are produced by vapors, mists, and emanations from your
+oceans, rivers, lakes, etc., which by virtue of solar attraction or a
+reversal of the law of gravitation the vapors, mists, etc., are drawn
+upward in space until a certain density is reached, differing in altitudes
+of height, when they become congealed by the force of the cold attenuated
+atmosphere there into small particles called rain drops, and these are
+carried along by the undercurrents of uncongealed clouds until a certain
+electro-magnetic condition is reached, when the clouds begin to empty and
+rid themselves of their burdened contents.
+
+"Now we have informed you of the progress the water of Mars has made in
+being dispossessed of its gross and weighty elements; hence there are
+none of these to ascend and to commingle in the formation of rain drops;
+hence none but the purer and refined elements of the water are exhaled and
+drawn upward, and consequently none but the pure and refined descend.
+These are in themselves comparatively light and of greatly diminished
+gravity, and therefore mild and pleasant in their effect. Especially does
+this become true as a resulting necessity, from the fact that there are no
+fierce winds or storms or cold temperature in the surrounding atmospheric
+belts or zones. The rains on Mars are more like your gentle dews of early
+autumn than your rains and showers. You at once take in the situation from
+this and preceding statements of facts that crude material structures are
+not necessary, even if the material for their construction could be found,
+and we have seen that such is not the case, for all things, including the
+material in detail out of which edifices are constructed, have progressed
+beyond and above their crude grossness.
+
+"In some portions of Mars no structures are used at all, owing to the
+mildness of the climate and the total absence of inclemency in the
+slightest degree. In other portions the beautifully developed trees, and
+especially those that spread out their branches near the surface of the
+soil, are ample for the purposes of shelter. Still in others they have a
+sort of building which is a grand pavilion, embracing a vast area of
+territory, thousands of miles in extent, under the same roof or cover,
+which during certain periods of the year and day become luminous and
+transparent. The temples and gorgeous structures, cities, and magnificent
+edifices have been transferred in spiritual essence to the spiritual
+spheres, and have ceased to be as material entities, so when the planet
+passes into the spiritual condition outright and in toto, all that Mars
+could ever boast of in architectural grandeur and excellence is preserved
+and perpetuated with additional luster and beauty from the finishing
+spiritual touches by the Infinite Master Builder. And now you perceive
+that other questions come up right here and require recognition and
+treatment. Among them these: Do the people on Mars sleep? If so, how often
+and how much?
+
+"May 11. Why is it that you require repose in sleep? In the infinitely
+wise arrangement of all things there are amply satisfactory reasons for
+every demand, every requirement, every manifestation, and therefore there
+are reasons why sleep is induced and is an imperative necessity in your
+present and past states of existence.
+
+"When rest in sleep is long deferred from nervous derangements or other
+causes, your physicians administer narcotics to induce it, for they well
+know, as you all do, that sleep is necessary after intervals of
+wakefulness in order to protract your being in the form, and why?
+
+"You have voluntary and involuntary functions or organs; the voluntary
+only, the involuntary never, can be suspended for certain periods of time.
+Your respiration and blood circulation are involuntary, and as long as you
+remain embodied in flesh will continue to perform their appropriate
+functions, whether you wake or sleep, for they are not subject to or
+influenced by the will. And it is by the unconscious operation of these
+that your voluntary functions when suspended in sleep are replenished and
+reinvigorated. You are, as at present constituted, made up corporally of
+gross material, which becomes wearied and exhausted by the active exercise
+or operation of the voluntary functions, and the nerve force will expend
+itself unless periodically reimbursed and replenished, and restored to its
+normal condition by the intervention and recuperative power of sleep. When
+in the ages to come your people lose this grossness in their material
+composition, your inclination to sleep and the necessity for it will abate
+and become lessened correspondingly to your successive stages of
+advancement in progressive development.
+
+"Thus is revealed to you the fact that on Mars, at this time, the
+inhabitants have but very little need of sleep. They sleep, but in a
+modified sense as to periods, duration and manner. They rest when
+fatigued, and for brief periods pass into a state of languor or stupidity,
+to some extent analogous to your sleeping state, which is never required
+oftener than once a week, and then only for a few hours.
+
+"Your spirit friends will tell you that they never sleep, but rest, and
+ever keep in mind that the people of Mars are closely approximating the
+spiritual. Then, again, on Mars they do not have night as you do, and
+consequently not the same nocturnal influences to suggest and invite
+sleep. This suggests another subject germane to our line of thought. In
+nature you find always two extremes, that seem to stand in antipodal
+relations to each other. Let us give a few instances in illustration: You
+have day and night, cold and heat, male and female, fire and water, good
+and evil, etc. Some of these seem to be at fierce war with each other,
+and yet what a delusion! This seeming antagonism is but the working of a
+law that shall eventuate in the production of the completest harmony.
+Undeveloped people, ignorant of the jewel-crowned truths, as yet concealed
+from them in the grand arcana of nature and the progressive sciences,
+laugh and sneer at the idea of marriages in spirit life, when the
+unvarnished truth is that man, considered in his independent and separate
+sexual relation, is but a half man, and can not become rounded out into
+fully developed manhood until consociated in conjunctive union with the
+opposite sex--not indeed and truly until the man and woman become twain,
+one flesh, or, in better phraseology, spiritually unitized.
+
+"The day and night will continue until finally and by gradual processes
+the night is banished, and vanishes in the splendor of a continuously
+refulgent and sunlit atmosphere. On Mars this condition is almost reached,
+and the night there resembles the shadings thrown over the earth when a
+cloud passes over the face of your moon at hightide, and ultimately even
+this shall be no more, for in the spiritual spheres of Mars, as in your
+exalted ones, there are no shadows to obscure or mar the radiant light of
+the spiritual sun, and Mars itself is fast approaching this sublime
+condition. We must withhold what we have to say in regard to the seeming
+strife between good and evil for our next.
+
+"May 12. The people of christendom have had it rung in their ears for
+nearly two thousand years that man is essentially bad, unutterably wicked,
+unspeakably depraved, and, worst of all, this horrid state comes to him,
+not of his own creating, but by inevitable and unavoidable inheritance.
+In our ignorance and credulity how we have wept over the weakness and
+folly of our first parents in yielding to the flattery and persuasive
+eloquence of the cruel serpent in the pure and primitive bowers of Eden.
+Our tears have flown and flown, with no gentle, soothing hand to touch our
+eyes and bid them cease; no voice panoplied with authority to speak to; no
+words of hope and cheer. We have been told in answer to our anxious
+entreaties for blissful hope and loving counsel that there is a
+superabundance of evil in us, and a trifling, insignificant quantity of
+good, and that nothing short of a miracle of regeneration can save us from
+unutterable and unending misery in the life to come; that without this
+miraculous interposition of divine grace, the little good that is in us
+will be swallowed up and devoured by the appalling evil of our sinfully
+inherited natures. Oh, man, how you degrade your true nobility, your
+godlike and divine nobility, by bowing the knee to this hideous monster of
+falsehood, and by kneeling at this unholy shrine. In direct opposition to
+this abominable and degrading doctrine stands the truth in its pristine
+and noble beauty.
+
+"According to this Christian doctrine we behold in man a combination of
+good and evil, and in the struggle for the mastery the evil is to be
+mightier than the good. The good emanating from and partaking of the
+majestic excellence of the eternal, infinite God must, alas, succumb to
+and be overthrown by evil, its unholy rival. Can man conceive of a scheme
+more degrading and heartless, and more completely dishonoring to God and
+his infinite perfections of wisdom, goodness and power--a doctrine more
+utterly subversive of moral goodness, deific excellence, and that more
+completely wrecks the moral government of God and dumps into one common
+funeral heap the hopes and happiness of the human race. No, no, this is
+not true; it is false, false, basely false.
+
+"What is the true theory of good and evil? Man, oh, man, hearken to the
+voice of truth, and be wooed and won by its gentle entreaties. Let the
+scales of ignorance and superstition fall from your eyes. Look upward for
+truth, and be baptized in its beauteous light, and cleansed in its pure
+and holy waters. Evil is the assemblage of elements in the concrete, if I
+may be permitted so to speak, and is simply undeveloped good, or good in a
+lesser degree. Evil is evanescent and transitory, good is permanent and
+eternally enduring. The fittest of all things in the grand scheme of
+progression only survive, while all else is doomed to perish. The good and
+the true are as enduring and everlasting as the eternal God himself, while
+the evil and the false are fleeting, unenduring, and carry within
+themselves the insatiate and unappeasable elements of ultimate
+annihilation. Be assured of this, for no truth in God's illimitable
+universe has been more firmly established on a more indestructible
+foundation. Good day.
+
+"May 15. Astronomers will tell you that in their observations through the
+telescope the planet Mars presents a red brilliancy not observably
+characteristic of the other planets in your solar system, which they are
+unable to account for. Considering the vastness of the subject, the
+immense distance in space where the scintillating orbs are chanting their
+silent songs of praise to God, the difficulties in the way of
+observation, etc., the discoveries in the domain of astronomy have been
+fully as remarkable, important, and satisfactory, as in any other field of
+scientific investigation. But still only a very little compared with the
+immensity of the subject has been disclosed and some of that mixed and
+interlarded with error. Astronomy will become the greatest of all sciences
+when by new apparatus and new appliances the spiritual spheres belonging
+to the various planets shall have been discovered. This success will be
+achieved in the coming time. On Mars the people have mastered this
+problem, and I was surprised to learn that they knew all about our
+spiritual spheres from their far distant standpoint of observation, and
+that they knew minutely all the characteristic and inherent qualities of
+your planetary atmosphere. They have long since invented instruments by
+which they are enabled to photograph in minute detail and perfect fidelity
+of representation every material object on the earth. And you will be
+surprised when I tell you that I inspected Stockholm, London, Paris, New
+York, your own queen city, Cincinnati, etc., in a more perfect form of
+presentation than your artists can reproduce on canvas with pencil and
+brush, and at the same time I was standing in spirit in the immeasurable
+immensity of space on the planet Mars. I can not give you even in outline,
+much less in detail, the modus operandi of this achievement, and will only
+say that the rays of light in reflective power will yet dawn upon your
+scientists and philosophers as the agent of discoveries and
+accomplishments not now even dreamed of by the people of earth. I want to
+add right here a prophetic statement, which you may carefully note, that
+the time is not so very far distant when your inspired inventors will
+devise and construct an instrument that will disclose to the human
+material eye, to the astonishment of the world, your own spirit land; for
+let it be well understood that your spirit world has a real, tangible,
+objective existence, that will yet yield its rich treasures in scientific
+revealments for the enlightenment and progress of your race. In very truth
+the spirit world is the only real and permanent one, constructed by the
+infinite master builder for all eternal time, while your physical and
+material, except their spiritual essences, are but the shadows and
+temporary projections from the spiritual. Logically and metaphysically
+speaking, the spirit world is the pre-eminent cause of your world, the
+mere transitory effect. This being true, your keen sense hastens you at
+once to the conclusion, founded in reason and truth, that an effect can
+not be greater or more enduring than the cause that produced it, but must
+of necessity and in the very nature of things be infinitely less.
+
+"May 18. A people so pre-eminently advanced in all that appertains to the
+sublimation of their being, and all that surrounds them, and in which they
+come in contact, must necessarily be exceedingly refined and aesthetic in
+their mannerisms, habits of life, intercourse with each other, and in
+their vocations and employments. In the very nature of things it could not
+be otherwise. From what has been heretofore said relating to the highly
+favored and inestimably progressed denizens of Mars, it is not difficult
+to see that their pursuits must necessarily and almost entirely relate to
+the realm of the intellectual and spiritual, as they have passed beyond
+the requirements and demands of that which pertains to the material phase
+of existence. Physical wants require physical exertion to supply them.
+Material requirements necessitate attention to and labor in the domain of
+the material, and this, for obvious reasons, that need not be stated or
+discussed. It may be prudent, however, to premise that when the physical
+constitution requires substantially gross materials to keep up and
+maintain the corporealities of our nature, we must look to the productions
+of the farm and the fruitage of the forest, and also to animal food, which
+are always in quality and degree in exact correspondence to our status or
+state of progression. But when we lose the constituent elements of
+corporeal being that belong to the lower strata of the constitution of
+things, we require something more refined and sublimated, and lo, always
+it is at hand to meet the exigency, for let it ever be borne in mind that
+the law that is incessantly and without intermission working away in
+solving the great problem of life and being, moving upward from the lower
+to the higher, is not confined in its operations to only form or species
+of being, but applies to and operates upon all, whether rational or
+irrational, animate or inanimate, and pushes all forward and upward with
+perfect and precise equability and in exact and equally proportional
+degree, none advancing more rapidly than the rest and none lagging behind.
+Thus, you perceive the infinite order and the beautiful symmetry of the
+great law of evolution and progression. Herein is necessitated varied
+changes in the value and character of vocation and employments, suited to
+the continued mutations of things in the endless series of progressive
+changes.
+
+"At one period in the history of Mars the art of photography was
+discovered. Of course it attracted great attention and challenged
+admiration. It was regarded not only as wonderful but marvelous. The
+discoverer was almost deified, for he was thought to be endowed with
+something of the divine nature not discoverable in others, until the art
+advanced step by step, improvement on improvement, when the divinity with
+which the discoverer had been invested by the admiring multitudes dwindled
+into insignificance, and the very sensible conclusion reached that he was
+merely highly gifted and spiritually inspired, but altogether human still.
+Compare the primitive system of photography, limited as it was, to objects
+of immediate presence to that now existing, whereby worlds and systems of
+worlds are made tributary to its discoveries and achievements. Now,
+instead of the wonders of the art inspiring hero worship of the men
+engaged in its studies and who produce the wondrous results, a feeling of
+awe and veneration for the continually increasing wonders of the creation
+is inspired. The admiration is justly transferred from man to the creator
+and the stupendous majesty of his laws and works. On Mars photography is
+now and has been for a long time a favorite and delightful employment
+pursued by the many, for all have the advantages of it. Therefore the
+study, not only of their own world, but numerous others, constitutes a
+pleasant, instructive, and intellectually remunerative employment. Nor is
+this confined and limited to material worlds, but reaches out and
+embraces the spiritual spheres of each.
+
+"Again, take the science of chemistry. It once only dealt with material
+solids, but now on Mars it has reached a higher plane or sphere, and the
+sublimated substances, still possessed of modified degrees of matter,
+likewise atmospheric and spiritual substances, come within the purview and
+yield obedience to its powerful processes of analysis. This is still and
+ever will be an instructive and profitable field for those aspiring minds
+of the Marsians bent on the acquisition of knowledge and the understanding
+of the infinitely varied and universal laws by which all nature and the
+universe are governed and controlled.
+
+"May 22. On Mars the people are divided up into a very great many
+societies. The membership of these societies is not a matter of choice and
+volition. Here you have degrees of social society, and you say there are
+three grades--the lower, middle and upper. This is so in the deceptive
+seeming, but in fact you have many more, but you do not understand the
+subtle laws governing in their formation and diversity. You also have
+secret societies, into which you require the consent of a certain number
+to gain admission, while at the same time a certain other number may
+object. Certain arbitrary votes in number control the question of
+application, and by them your admission or rejection is determined. In
+your social society quite a different rule or policy prevails. In a
+certain grade or stratum true merit and worth are not considered of any
+moment, but wealth and pecuniary par excellence constitute the law of
+attraction. In other words, and what ought to burn your cheeks with shame,
+it matters not how morally depraved or utterly abandoned to all real
+intrinsic worth of manhood or womanhood, a large supply of the world's
+fleeting possessions constitutes the real standard of respectability, and
+the sure passport into the higher walks of social life. On Mars they have
+long since passed beyond and above this purely human, unspiritual and
+unholy rule. There they are known and estimated as they really are, for
+they can not disguise their moral and spiritual status; it is read in the
+look, the walk, the thought-words, and most potently in the aura emitted,
+permeating and coloring the very garments worn, thereby disclosing by
+shades of color the moral, mental and spiritual degree of advancement. You
+have an old adage, which contains a very great truth, namely: 'Birds of a
+feather will flock together,' 'like draws like.' Under the operation of an
+immutable law of attraction and repulsion the societies of Mars are
+formed, and this law, so utterly disregarded by embodied man on the earth,
+applies to and is operative in the spiritual spheres of all the
+innumerable worlds of the vast, illimitable universe of God. And this law
+of attraction and repulsion is indiscriminate and recognizes no
+distinction on account of wealth, social standing or prominence among men.
+It deals with spiritual laws and spiritual truths and spiritual things.
+There being different societies on Mars, formed and governed by this great
+and inexorable law of selection or attraction and repulsion, you see
+readily that their employments must of necessity and in some regards be
+quite different.
+
+"May 29. We have endeavored to keep before you, at the risk of being
+censured for occasional reiteration and repetition, the great primary and
+fundamental fact that all things under the divine arrangement advance in
+the ascending scale of infinite and unending progression by regular and
+gradual series, and in equal ratio; but you must note an important fact in
+this connection, namely, that all do not at the same time reach the same
+degree of unfoldment--some a little in advance of others, and so on. The
+question necessarily arises, why is this so? We only desire to say in
+answer at this time that all do not start out on their career of animate
+being at precisely the same time or under the same conditions, nor with
+the same or equal antenatal advantages. This carries us back behind our
+mere entrance into physical life, through and by the laws of human
+physical procreation, into a domain as yet unexplored, except feebly, by
+mortal man. It seems to me if men could only perceive and understand the
+grand sublimity and variety of their antecedent being, they would no
+longer be blinded to the future greatness and glory in store for them.
+This subject, if you ever enter upon it, you will find prolific of vast
+knowledge, immense and perfectly astounding revelations. But the time has
+not yet arrived for them. The people on Mars, like your own, not starting
+out on life's eventful and momentous journey with the same or equal
+advantages, have necessarily attained unto different degrees of
+progressive unfoldment, and by reason of this are their different and
+somewhat differing societies formed. In the same circle, order or stratum
+of society on earth, the good, the bad and the indifferent associate and
+seem to harmoniously blend and assimilate. But this is not true in fact.
+The degree of perfection attained in moral and spiritual excellence does
+not govern in their formation, and they are therefore incongruous,
+unsatisfactory and transitory. On Mars two unequals in progression can not
+harmonize, for the law rebels, interposes insurmountable barriers, and
+will not allow it. Those only are associated who harmonize and resemble
+each other, not in the accumulations of wealth, not in stature, not in
+facial expressions or outward physical conformation, but those who are
+drawn together by a sort of soul kinship, of absolute union of soul
+feeling, sympathetic inclinations and aspirations, having for their basis,
+as of prime and first importance, an equal degree of spiritual unfoldment.
+Thus divided and separated, there are very many different societies or
+orders, each differing in development, inclinations and aspirations, they
+inevitably have dissimilar pursuits and employments, suited to tastes,
+wants and abilities, but all conspiring for the general good of all.
+
+"June 1. The people of Mars are not so large in stature as on your earth,
+nor are they as large as at former periods of their history. The process
+of progression in casting off the gross, and also by affecting the laws of
+propagation, has materially reduced the present inhabitants in their
+physical proportions. Their feet, except in the lower order, are either
+not shod at all, or are covered by a very light and refined material
+substance. The nearer the spiritual the people become the less they are
+affected by grosser atmospheric elements, and this is directly the
+opposite of your experience. Here the coarser the material make-up the
+better can the severer conditions of your temperature be borne, and the
+reason is plain.
+
+"Here some are progressed, physically speaking, in advance of the progress
+of the elements, and therefore they are detrimentally affected and
+influenced by them, whereas on Mars a regular advance in development has
+been reached, and all things now smoothly and evenly pass under the
+operations of the law. After awhile the same law will commence to thus
+orderly and regularly operate with you when this difficulty will be
+happily overcome. The grandest achievement made by progression on Mars has
+produced the greatest result in the formation of the heads of the people.
+Phrenology here on earth is but feebly and imperfectly understood,
+although there is in it a grand and most salutary scientific truth. Here,
+however, as yet, you have the angular and uneven formation of the cranium,
+with its attendant angularity of temperament and disposition. On Mars the
+heads are so exquisitely formed and so harmonious in the external, and so
+perfectly symmetrical, that you observe and note it at first glance, and
+following this high and beautiful development is discovered a degree of
+wisdom and learning perfectly astonishing to a visitor from a foreign,
+though neighboring planet. The hair on these magnificent heads is of a
+fiber and texture resembling your finest silk, and from under a
+beautifully arched brow you behold a mild yet brilliant eye, beaming with
+intelligence and affection, and they can convey thoughts and ideas without
+the use of words or the intervention of audible sound.
+
+"June 5. Hundreds, yea, thousands of years ago, the development of mind on
+the planet Mars was extraordinary, and you can conceive what it must be
+now. Many causes, of course, conspired and aided in bringing about this
+result. The natural process of development would have ultimately
+accomplished it unassisted by other agencies, but a wise and humane
+governmental system was adopted, originating in the spirit world, which
+constituted a complete innovation upon and revolution in previous systems,
+and which gave a marked impetus to the growth and advancement of mind, and
+which produced also a wonderful improvement in the physical constitutions
+of succeeding generations. That system consisted of a legislative policy
+of the controlling government, rigidly and unexceptionally enforced, which
+provided that all children born into physical life should be given up and
+relinquished to the control and direction of the government, and by the
+government reared, educated, and prepared for the duties and requirements
+of life. Elaborate buildings, elaborately and artistically embellished and
+beautified were constructed at proper and convenient locations, where at a
+certain period of gestation, very early indeed, the expectant mother was
+taken and kept until a certain and proper time after parturition, when the
+mother was discharged and restored to freedom, and the new-born babe was
+taken charge of, raised and maintained by the fostering care of the
+government. Between the period of conception and parturition, the mother
+was continually kept under the most elevating influences, both of body and
+mind. Her soul was kept enraptured by the ennobling influences of music,
+and such music, of which you as yet have no conception. This produced in
+the mother the desired condition of harmony, which had a corresponding
+effect upon the little one concealed from mortal view. Twice or thrice a
+week lecturers, under the pay and patronage of the government, visited
+these asylums and discoursed to the inmates on scientific, literary, and
+moral subjects.
+
+"June 8. These discourses were not only designed but efficacious in
+directing the minds and hearts of the auditors into the most elevating and
+progressively intellectual channels, and left their inevitable and
+unfailing impress upon the forthcoming offspring. In addition works of
+art, rare paintings, and exhibitions of sculpture were at certain times
+presented for inspection, study, and reflection, inspiring noble thoughts
+of the sublime and beautiful. Artists of superior attainments and national
+renown occasionally visited these places and gave exhibitions of their
+skill in transferring to canvas, in an impromptu manner, their loftiest
+conceptions of the beautiful in landscapes, scenes, etc., which were of
+the rarest beauty of design. Books treating of the noblest subjects were
+placed within ready reach and convenient access, and the inmates read them
+with avidity and delight. They understood that they were thus preparing
+the new generations, as yet unushered into life, to take their places, and
+that their success largely depended on the assiduity with which they
+availed themselves of their opportunities. The government, as before
+stated, took charge of the young and trained and educated them in art,
+music, and the sciences, and the result was soon manifest in producing a
+race of intellectual giants, and distinguished for their ability in the
+arts and sciences, and the benevolence or their religious natures. And
+to-day you can not find a man or woman of adult age who is not perfectly
+versed in all the higher branches of learning, and eminently proficient in
+music. If a thousand of them could be bodily transferred to America, and
+with her exceptional advantages, and live, they would soon, by the sheer
+force of intellect, rule this world, and lift it morally and
+intellectually upon a plane that would dazzle you to behold. And yet, my
+dear friend, it is laid up in the womb of time that you of earth shall
+reach this sublime height.
+
+"The denizens of earth may wonder at and disbelieve these relations, but
+nevertheless they are as true as that the eternal God is truth. They point
+to the destiny in store for the future inhabitants of earth, and intimate
+to poor disheartened mortals the certainty and greatness of the future, in
+which they are to figure in no mean way nor act no inconsequential part.
+
+"July 10. On Mars the doctrine of discrimination on the score of sex was
+never taught, but the equality of the sexes has always been recognized.
+This indiscrimination has always been operative in employments and in the
+choosing of persons to fill official station at a period of their history
+when officers were paid out of the public exchequer for their services. Of
+course, at this time when office is administered without compensation the
+rule remains undisturbed. Your troubles, that is, many of them, in the
+present and past have arisen either from a misunderstanding of the truth
+or a misapplication of it and its requirements. Can it be rationally
+maintained that truth and justice require a discrimination to be made
+adverse to the female? If so, there must be ample reasons for it, and what
+are they? We are told that, comparatively speaking, woman is the weaker.
+Is this true? and if so, pray tell wherein? You answer physically, and
+thus you would establish her status in all other regards, by the rule of
+mere brute force, powers of endurance, and physical capabilities. Do you
+not know that the ox and the horse, for precisely the same reason, can
+largely discount you? Do you not realize that by this argument you are
+appealing to the lowest element of your nature, that which only
+distinguishes you as connected with matter, and which as we have already
+seen, is transitory and fleeting? Pray lift the subject upon a higher and
+nobler plane and then let us have your arguments and reasoning. Is man
+superior to woman morally? Now, if you are honest, you must blush. In
+morals, man superior to woman! We all know this is not true. And do morals
+count for naught in the scale of being? In what pertains to the finer
+sensibilities and spiritual pureties is woman inferior? If not, are these
+of no moment compared with mere physical brute force? Do women survive
+death as men do; if so, which will be of greatest value in the beautiful
+hereafter--brute force and physical prowess, which only have existence in
+the lower realms of the spiritual world, or those finer spiritual
+qualities possessed by woman in a much higher degree than by man as they
+manifest in embodied life, and which belong to the higher spiritual sphere
+of being in the other life?
+
+"Beware, oh man, how you treat angelic woman, for the future will teach
+you many lessons, brought about by your arbitrary and utterly indefensible
+assumptions and arrogations, among which will be classed your illiberal
+and unjust treatment of woman. She is your equal, and your great weakness
+is in withholding it from her.
+
+"July 13. In giving briefly and very imperfectly a sketch of what I saw
+and learned on the planet Mars I have been compelled necessarily to omit
+many things, among other reasons, because they would not only be not
+believed, but in many instances incite unfavorable comments, if not
+absolute ridicule. I am not unconscious of the fact that many things
+contained in the foregoing narrative, although literally true, will meet
+with unfavorable criticism, but I have not been writing to please or to
+avoid censure, but to deliver the truth, much of which I am aware is far
+in advance of the age in which you now live on the planet earth. But it
+has been thought that a little work of this kind would be kindly received
+and amiably treated by at least progressed minds--those who had
+inspirationally and intuitively drank at the fountain of spiritual wisdom
+and spiritual things; and, as to others, it was hoped it might cause them
+to think it possible, if not probable, that man is something more than a
+mere fleeting bauble, a mere creature of a moment.
+
+"To awaken in man the consciousness of the augustness of his being, and
+the mighty destiny before and awaiting its development, can not fail in
+this transition period, when you are passing from old theological theories
+and religious systems into something better, higher, holier, to subserve
+great and lasting good. In this transition process the great effort is to
+be made to direct the great body of advancing minds into the right
+channels, for in many cases the tendency is found to be toward the cold
+barrenness of materialism.
+
+"The question that is to confront you in the future is not in regard to
+creeds and dogmas, for they are passing away, but whether these few
+fleeting years of physically embodied life is the all of your being,
+whether death is the setting forever of the bright star of our being in
+the night and gloom of ended existence, or whether there is for man a
+glorious life of endless progress beyond the life and transitory scenes of
+physical embodiment.
+
+"July 14. With this my labors for the present end. The effort has been
+more irksome than you may conceive. The difficulties attending the act of
+communicating are more numerous and troublesome than the world would allow
+if they were fully explained. But we have done the best we could.
+
+"To you, Mr. Helleberg, I return my thanks and the thanks of those
+co-operating with me, for the patience, earnestness and honesty which have
+characterized your association with us in this work. Our blessings rest
+upon you, and be assured that your greatest reward will be in the happy
+land which your aged footsteps are nearing. We shall shield and bless you
+here, and crown you in the land of immortal beatitudes.
+
+"We would be ungrateful beyond measure not to speak in acknowledgment of
+the virtues and noble qualities of the medium, through whose superbly
+developed medial powers we have been enabled to speak to the world. In
+consequence of our frequent contact with her noble and pure soul our first
+admiration for her has grown into the deepest, truest and holiest
+affection. Heaven bless her in all her ways and walks. Her noble band of
+spirits, tireless, indefatigable and upright, have rendered us vast
+assistance, without which we could not have succeeded in the slightest
+degree. They are capable, true and honest, and able to guard and protect
+their instrument, before whom is a great future career of usefulness, and
+she may confidently trust them in all things.
+
+"To those who may read my feeble lines I bespeak that charity you would
+like extended to you. Judge not harshly, but with generous impulse. You
+are in the realm of crude materiality, in the tenement of flesh,
+influenced more or less by many disadvantageous surroundings, which are
+not spiritually inspiring or elevating, but by and by you will survive and
+pass beyond them. Let me entreat you to study and learn of the great law
+of PROGRESSION, which we have constantly endeavored to keep before you. In
+that law and its manifold manifestations reside all wisdom, love and
+truth. It is that law that assures your future greatness and happiness,
+and will work out for you a destiny, the grandeur and glory of which you
+can but faintly comprehend and know. You can not die. You must live
+forever. You can not retrace your steps, nor recede in the development of
+your being; neither can you stand still. Therefore you must move forward,
+onward and upward, forever and forever.
+
+ "FREDRIKA EHRENBORG."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI.
+
+COMMUNICATIONS FROM EMANUEL SWEDENBORG.
+
+
+The following communications, purporting to come from the spirit of
+Emanuel Swedenborg, at Mrs. Green's, are arranged in the order of their
+reception:
+
+September 26, 1881:
+
+"I greet you; good morning. You hail from dear old Sweden, my native land.
+The same native blood that coursed through my veins flows through yours.
+For a long time I have realized that your thoughts have been on me and the
+doctrines I taught on earth, some of which I would gladly recant. In my
+day nothing else could have been projected through my brain, and nothing
+less violent, though more truthful, would have engaged attention or
+commanded respect. My writings, as I now see them, were a strange
+commingling of truth and error, though I believe with truth largely
+predominant. I want the world, especially my followers, the disciples of
+the Church of New Jerusalem, to eliminate, in the interest of truth, the
+errors and crudities that unwittingly, though reverentially, crept into my
+theological writings. The hells as I portrayed them I now know were
+magnified into undue and absurd proportions, colored and distorted by my
+own preconceived notions, and, moreover, largely attributable to the
+religious temper and theologic thought of the time in which I wrote. Tell
+your good companion and others of like convictions to discard at once and
+fearlessly my unwarranted denunciation against holding intercourse with
+the inhabitants of the spiritual world. I misapprehended, and, alas,
+misinterpreted the holy visions given me. I was allowed to see
+prophetically that the two worlds would be brought into close
+communicating relations, and I ought to have seen farther--that it would
+occur through and by the permission and co-operative agency of God and his
+laws, and ought not therefore to be interdicted. This has given me vast
+annoyance, and I am very solicitous indeed that this shall be righted.
+Hold fast to this spiritualism, for therein only can be found light and
+love and wisdom. My power to maintain control is weakening, and I must
+close for the present. I will meet you here again. Good bye.
+
+ "EMANUEL SWEDENBORG."
+
+
+October 3, 1881
+
+"In my communication a week ago I referred, not incidentally, but
+purposely, to my followers of the Church of the New Jerusalem. It is
+gratifying to me to know that they are in the main honest, faithful and
+intelligent people; but I regret that they have deemed it proper to
+resolve themselves into an exclusive sect; for, disguise it as you may,
+all sects are more or less exclusive. Among the many curses that afflict
+your mortal humanity, none are to be more deplored than sectarianism and
+dogmatic theology. Do you know that in the most ambitious moments of my
+earthly career, much less in the lofty moods of my medial inspiration, I
+never dreamed that I was to become the founder of a religious sect,
+especially one based on dogmatic formulas. The affirmations of material
+science now no longer questioned that in all organized structures reside
+the underlying, all-pervading and continually operating elements.
+Disintegration, decay and ultimate destruction of the organized form apply
+with equal and unerring certainty to ecclesiastical bodies. Modern
+spiritualism in this, that it is specifically and rigidly scientific,
+clustering beauteously around the family hearthstone, adorning and
+hallowing the family altar, may be distinguished by its infinite
+superiority to all other systems, it having no creed to establish, and
+steadfastly repelling all attempts at organization, is destined to survive
+the wreck and demolition of all theological teaching standing in
+antagonistic relations to it; and this God-given, heaven-inspiring
+humanity, embracing soul-uplifting spiritualism, is to become the
+universal religion of mankind. I will continue to administer to your wants
+and remove the scales from the eyes of the people, especially my
+followers. More anon.
+
+ "EMANUEL SWEDENBORG."
+
+
+On October 17, 1881, the following communication appeared on the slate:
+
+"The blessings of the most high God and the benediction of His holy angels
+and spirits on you and yours. What I most desire to say to you to-day is
+that since our last interview here I have participated with others in a
+discussion relative to a recent scientific discovery in the spirit world
+which, when imparted to the world of embodied man, will strike the learned
+savants of your life with mingled feelings of awe and consternation. Our
+recent experiments were exceedingly satisfactory, and the questions that
+remain open are, when, to who and through whom shall it be given to the
+children of earth. The general expression of our society favored some time
+towards the close of the coming year as best adapted. In this view I
+concurred, for many reasons. My revered friend, let me say to you to-day,
+with great and positive emphasis, that the year 1882, earth time, will be
+the most marvelous year of the world's history, and will be characterized
+by the most stupendous events in all the circling centuries of past time.
+In that year and the succeeding one astounding spiritual revelations will
+be made to the denizens of this earth, utterly upsetting old, effete
+theological doctrines, and mercilessly demolishing now considered well
+established scientific conclusions, and your scientists' tests,
+self-complacent and arrogant in their pretensions, and possessed most
+fully of the spirit of vaulted ambition, the creation of their
+self-conceit, will awake to the consciousness that they have been mere
+pigmies in scientific research, and that on many subjects may have been so
+superficial as not to penetrate beyond the mere shadows and surface of
+things. I promise you that when the proper time arrives for this
+disclosure you shall not be overlooked or neglected. Bound to you in
+fraternal relation of a common brotherhood, embracing in grand
+reciprocation the inhabitants of both the mundane and supermundane worlds,
+I am yours, devoted for the truth,
+
+ "EMANUEL SWEDENBORG."
+
+
+June 12, 1882
+
+"If we concede for the sake of argument that there really exists a literal
+hell, as depicted by theological teaching, and which constitutes an
+article of faith in most of the Christian sects, we are forced to inquire
+(and it is a legitimate subject of inquiry from the assumed premises), Was
+hell made for man, or man for hell? and this involves the question of
+duration of existence in point of time antecedent. Whichever way we
+determine, and our determination of the question from a terrestrial
+standpoint can only arise from speculation and conjecture, and not from
+proofs, one conclusion we can not escape, namely, the malevolence of the
+author. If hell was established prior to the time when the _fiat_ went
+forth bringing man into being, and was designed for his abode and
+accommodation, we can not reconcile the goodness of the Lord with such
+utterly unjust and malevolent purpose, because to concede this much admits
+the possession of sufficiency of power to have ordered otherwise, which
+precludes impotency and concludes the will and purpose to so order and
+arrange.
+
+"If the creation of hell and man as arbitrary acts of the Deity was
+coeval, then the same conclusion inevitably follows, before and behind the
+act of these creations resided in the Lord the power to have differently
+ordered; hence we must assume that the simultaneous creation of hell and
+man was predetermined, and in accordance with the will-pleasure and
+purpose of the Creator.
+
+"If, furthermore, man was first created without any reference to hell or
+any preconceived purpose or expectancy to establish it, and that its
+creation was necessitated from man's unexpected disobedience, and as the
+only proper means of gratifying the vengeance of an insulted God, then we
+unwittingly and in a very silly way declare the absence of foreknowledge
+in the Lord, and degrade him to the level of a puny, passionate man.
+
+"To assume any of these puerile positions to be true is to assume that the
+Lord, however august in power, and the physical, mental and spiritual
+ability to order and to direct, is nevertheless a moral weakling, and
+wholly devoid of moral excellence in degree superior to the meanest of his
+creatures."
+
+June 15, 1882:
+
+"If hell exists, it is plain to be seen there was a necessity for it. If
+created before man, there was no necessity for its existence, for the Lord
+is governed by the idea of uses, and there was present no use for it. Will
+it be maintained that the Lord would create any thing without a use and
+wise purpose? It is the uses of things that so signally distinguish his
+creative and moral governments.
+
+"If it is said in reply that when hell was fashioned and established the
+Lord had in contemplation the creation of man, and that it was to be
+subsequently rendered useful as a place of punishment for disobedience,
+which implies that the Lord knew in advance of man's creation that he
+would be disobedient, then, oh, man, you are surely in the hands and under
+the power of a merciless demon, falsely called God. If this indeed is the
+true character of our Lord, then truly may his weak and helpless children
+bow their heads in sorrow and despair.
+
+"These teachers of false theology, these false interpreters of simple
+truth, these false prophets of a false conception, affirm that this
+appalling hell, offspring of a monster creative agency, is a fixed
+location somewhere, which they have the candor to say, they know not.
+
+"The theologians perceiving throughout the vast domain of universal nature
+two confronting opposites or extremes, and that there scheme must fall if
+hell were left alone to be the final destiny of the entire human family,
+erect another falsity and construct another place or harbor for the
+sojourners and pilgrims of earth, and consequently they say that the Lord
+has established somewhere in space a heaven, the location of which,
+although a locality, can not be ascertained.
+
+"The same questions, with equal propriety, might be propounded in
+reference to heaven and the same conclusions follow. Was it made for man
+or man for it? Was it made before or after man was made? Where is it
+situate; who go there and why do they go there, and for what purpose? If
+the theologians answer these pertinent questions in harmony with their
+creeds, they would make my friend John Calvin, who accompanied me here
+this morning and is now standing by my side, blush with shame. He now, as
+a noble spirit, pities the ignorance and credulity that characterized him
+in his religious frenzy when in the form, and the credulity and weakness
+of his followers."
+
+June 19, 1882:
+
+"The original conception of a literal local heaven and hell was a feeble
+monstrosity and far exceeding the intuitions and anticipations of its
+originators, it has assumed huge and alarming proportions. Originally it
+was treated either as a human created joke, or as a wild vagary of the
+imagination, and in both cases without even the shadow of a foundation in
+fact. But as time moved along it began to grow seriously in the minds of
+the morbidly curious and credulously constituted, and it found many
+earnest advocates and believers, and they were not altogether limited to
+the ignorant. Had this been the case it would have been harmless and
+short-lived. The poet in depicting the career of vice aptly illustrates
+the history of this conception:
+
+ "'Vice is a monster of such frightful mien,
+ As to be dreaded needs but to be seen.
+ Yet seen too oft, familiar with her face,
+ We first pity, then endure, and then embrace.'"
+
+"I unhappily lived in a day when it had been largely embraced. Had I lived
+in the day when it was conceived and promulgated, or approximately near it
+and been possessed of the physical, mental and spiritual organization with
+which I was favored in earth life, I would have undoubtedly earnestly
+combated it. But in my time it had grown into prominence and general
+acceptance among Christian sects, including the Lutheran, to which I
+adhered before my spiritual illumination; and hence while my spiritual
+mediumistic unfoldment, mental adaptabilities and capabilities would not
+allow me to accept the literal teaching of purblind theology on the
+subject, I was disqualified from perceiving and promulgating the real
+truth. I endeavored, however, to do what the theologians have never
+attempted, namely, to assign reasons for the existence of heavens and
+hells in justification and defense of the Lord. The groundlessness of my
+philosophy and the impotency of my reasoning I was unable to understand
+until the lapse of years after my entrance into the spiritual world, and
+then only by slow and discreet degrees. Step by step only did I receive
+the influx of spiritual light and truth, opening my eyes to the truth and
+impressing my soul with the consciousness of the errors and falsities of
+my teachings when on the earth embodied.
+
+"In the spiritual world we are not allowed to perceive truth except by
+degrees and interior growth, and only as we are enabled to outgrow and
+disown error. Our errors, whether of acts and deeds committed, duties
+omitted, or false theories, either taught or believed by us when in the
+form, follow us to the spiritual world and cling to us with a perfectly
+amazing and persistent tenacity, and this constitutes hell and it exists
+nowhere else."
+
+June 22, 1882:
+
+"In my philosophy of correspondences there was much truth, with here and
+there a shade of error. It was argumentative, speculative, and
+characterized by analogous reasoning, but not sufficiently intuitive to
+reach the full height of spiritual induction. But whatever errors may have
+crept into this department of my writings, they have been comparatively
+harmless.
+
+"What has given me the greatest annoyance since my departure from the
+flesh, or rather since I have better understood the subject; and what has
+given me the greatest anxiety to have eradicated from the minds of those
+who read me believingly, are my teachings on the subject of the hells in
+the spiritual world. I desire here to lay down a proposition I know to be
+true, whoever may state to the contrary, namely: No embodied spirit was
+ever enabled, no matter how highly developed the organism of the subject,
+to leave the body, go into the spiritual spheres, undergo experiences
+there, behold scenes, hold converse with their inhabitants, witness events
+and occurrences transpiring there, then return to the body, bring it back
+into normal action, and then correctly and in detail and in purity of
+narrative give to the world through the physical organism of the body,
+what it had seen, heard, and witnessed, during its temporary absence. If
+it were otherwise, and the spiritual world a real, fixed and objective
+reality, all who visited it in spirit during physical embodiment, would on
+returning and reanimating the body with the returning spiritual influx
+impart the same information and recite the same story. The directly
+opposite of this is true, and settles the question irrevocably in the
+negative as to the absolute reliability of knowledge imparted by spirits
+while inhabiting the natural body, although permitted by the operation of
+a certain law which is neither wholly spiritual nor physical, but a
+combination of both, to leave for a short period its tenement of flesh.
+Even then the spirit entire does not vacate the body, even for an instant
+of time, for if it did life in the body would become immediately extinct.
+However far the _consciousness_ of the spirit may wander away from its
+home in the material house it must maintain an inseparable connection with
+it, at least by a portion of the magnetism of itself. Therefore during its
+visits away it is nevertheless all the while connected with the body, and
+hampered and fettered by it, and more or less governed by its laws and
+conditions. It can not, therefore, on returning, and it has never been
+wholly absent, give fully, purely, and correctly its spiritual
+observations and experiences.
+
+"When I visited the spiritual world during my embodied life I was governed
+by this same law and subjected to the same limitations, and hence what I
+related was not entitled to full credence and belief. So it has been in
+all cases of trance in the past, and will continue to be in the future for
+ages yet to come. In my next I shall speak of some instances illustrative
+of this truth."
+
+June 26, 1882:
+
+"As illustrative of the proposition submitted in my last I will only
+mention a few among numerous instances.
+
+"The book of Revelations states that John visited the Isle of Patmos on
+the Lord's day, and was then and there in the spirit. (I should have used
+the expression 'entranced' or 'trance state,' or that 'the Lord permitted
+me to see.') While thus in the spirit or trance state he was taken to the
+heavens. After resuming his normal condition in the body he essays to
+write out what he thinks he saw, or so much of it as he is enabled to
+retain in memory, and call up after again fully controlling the physical
+body. He says that he saw beasts worshiping around the throne of God, and
+that he saw a beast rise out of the sea with seven heads and ten horns;
+that a book written in heaven was handed him with the command that he eat
+it, which he assures us he did, etc. Does any one believe that these were
+veritable occurrences, 'that there were beasts in heaven full of heavenly
+love, evinced in worshiping before the throne, and that books were written
+in heaven for men to eat? The Koran of Mahomet is an improvement on this,
+for it was not eaten, but preserved for use.
+
+"Now, I want to say to the world, especially the New Church people, that
+my visions of the hells had no more foundation in fact than John's beasts,
+dragons and golden candlesticks. The difference between John and myself,
+that is, the important difference, consisted in the fact that John's
+symbolic visions were explained to be unrealities, while I was left to
+believe mine to be absolute verities. In fact one was as unreal as the
+other, and only forcibly illustrates the unreliability of this mode of
+deriving true and genuine spiritual knowledge.
+
+"Your own Andrew Jackson Davis is another instance corroborative of my
+proposition. He avers that he has been, not 'in the spirit,' like John,
+nor 'in the trance state,' like myself, but, in more aesthetic phraseology,
+'in the superior state.' They all practically mean the same thing. Davis
+says he located while in the 'superior state' the spirit world proper, and
+found it to be in or beyond the 'milky way,' thus inflicting a cruel blow
+upon the science of astronomy. Astronomy teaches, and correctly, too, as
+every well informed spirit knows, that the 'milky way' is a vast
+assemblage or constellation of suns, worlds and systems of solar worlds,
+and yet Mr. Davis was honest.
+
+"Judge John Worth Edmonds, in his earlier mediumship and spiritualistic
+experiences, visited the other world in spirit, and his description of the
+hells recorded in his work entitled 'Spiritualism,' was somewhat analogous
+to mine, and very much in harmony with it. His temperament, mental methods
+and spiritual development were not very dissimilar to mine, and he had
+been previously as thoroughly grounded in Calvinism as I had been in
+Lutheranism. So it was but natural that we should see and interpret much
+alike. Yet in final conclusions we were in absolute antagonism, differing
+fully as widely as the poles are separated in distance by terrestrial
+measurement.
+
+"Truth can not dissemble nor assume deceptive garbs, and all seeing the
+same things differently, proves that neither could be relied upon, for if
+they had been true and genuine verities, all would have seen and reported
+them alike."
+
+June 29, 1882:
+
+"Since I have been inducted into higher light and blessed with the true
+knowledge I have been utterly amazed in reviewing my writings, resulting
+in the discovery of two facts, namely, their prolixity in matter and
+stupendousness in folly. It seems to me now as almost utterly incredible
+that in my efforts at the spiritual interpretation of the scriptures I
+should have written so many absolutely silly and unmeaning things. It
+becomes my duty, and I can not be happy without it, to make this
+declaration, however humiliating it may be to me, viewed from your
+standpoint, but the truth and the peace, happiness and progress of my
+spirit require it. No work was ever written but what an ingenious
+metaphysician might not twist out of its every paragraph an assumed
+interior and mysterious meaning.
+
+"But, after all, I was fortuitous in advancing many ennobling and
+wholesome truths. In all that I wrote I take greater pride and unto myself
+much rejoicing in my assaults upon the Lutheran doctrine of justification
+by faith alone, and in my enjoining love to the neighbor. However, to
+believe in and teach the doctrine of love one to another, or 'love thy
+neighbor as thyself,' does not require an inspiration from heaven. It is
+the doctrine taught by universal nature and in-worked in the web and woof
+of human nature. To realize and understand it we have only to become even
+partially civilized and to commune with nature and ourselves.
+
+"A great portion of my life has been devoted to secular pursuits and the
+study of natural science. I also possessed some inventive genius, and
+during my purely secular career I was always contemplating, by silent
+meditation, employing the latter part of my life in the study of the
+properties of the human soul and its relation to the Lord and human life.
+Therefore when I came to engage the subject, it was not a spontaneous
+impulsion to it, as some have supposed, although it was immediately
+attended and characterized by a degree of spiritual illumination and
+inspiration. I did not approach the examination of the subject wholly free
+and untrammeled by prejudice and uninfluenced by bias. I had previously
+conceived thoroughly deep convictions relating to this subject, and I now
+know no amount of spiritual aid could have possibly eradicated them
+sufficiently to have allowed the presentation of the plain, unadulterated
+truth.
+
+"Oh, how effectually are we enslaved by education, association and mental
+training. The man who can overcome them in the pursuit of truth is far
+superior in all that goes to make up true manhood to the crowned heads and
+pampered ones of earth; yea, he is not only grand and noble in the full
+stature of his manhood, but he is more--he is godlike."
+
+July 3, 1882:
+
+"I do not affirm the non-existence of heaven and hell, but what I would be
+understood as affirming is their non-existence as separate, independent
+and fixed localities. If you will interpret heaven to mean happiness, and
+hell its opposite, that is, misery, we can fully agree, for this
+interpretation implies what is veritably true, namely, that they are
+conditions, and not localities. As conditions they not only exist in the
+spiritual world, but also in the sensual or material, and apply to both
+embodied and disembodied man.
+
+"It is related that Jesus said, 'The kingdom of heaven is within you,' and
+never was truth more completely and potently uttered. At the time he was
+talking to men in the body, and to _them_ he declares, 'The kingdom of
+heaven is _within you_.'
+
+"If he is entitled to credit as an authority on the subject, and
+Christians certainly will not gainsay it, then it is quite clear that
+heaven, being in the human, spiritual beings is as a locality nowhere
+else. And inasmuch as it could not exist in the human being as a location,
+for this would give us millions upon innumerable millions of localized
+heavens, one for each breathing human embodied man, to become destroyed at
+the death of each, which is too absurd to be seriously discussed, it must
+necessarily follow, and as clear as the sunlight of heaven, that whatever
+that kingdom may in fact be, it is simply and absolutely a condition. And
+we can therefore readily see that as a condition, different with every
+human being, owing to the moral status and spiritual development of each,
+it perpetuates itself as truly and fully as does the spirit itself survive
+the dissolution of the aggregated physical atoms and forces of the
+material body, and moreover accompanies the real man into the spiritual
+world. So with its opposite--hell.
+
+"If this is conceded, and no Christian can deny it with any degree of
+consistency, for the moment he does he dishonors Jesus as an authority,
+then the whole foundation of a local permanent hell is swept away, and the
+loathsome superstructure erected thereupon falls to the ground forever.
+
+"Heaven and hell, viewed in any sense, are opposites, and wherever they
+exist they must exist simultaneously, for some are in heaven and some in
+hell all the time, and therefore if the kingdom of heaven is in the
+children of men, so also must be the kingdom of hell, or it does not exist
+at all.
+
+"With my limited power I can not elaborate this point, or even present it
+as I should like to, and you must be content with a bare and imperfect
+statement."
+
+July 6, 1882:
+
+"Before the mythologists of antiquity had constructed a hell they had on
+their hands a personal, individualized spirit of evil, known as the
+serpent or satan, and more modernly as the devil. Investing this
+mythological creature with all the distinguishing attributes of the Lord,
+save that of goodness, they must have a localized place of sufficient
+capacity, and properly arranged for the enjoyment by him of the fruits of
+his labors. Divesting him of all goodness _per se_, the hell of their
+creation must necessarily represent his newly-acquired condition of total
+depravity, for previously he had been an angel in heaven, and must
+possess the proper and sufficient elements to enable him to gratify his
+hatred of the Lord in the punishment of his children. It was but natural
+in that day that the element of fire should be chosen, as it was supposed
+to be the most destructive element in nature, and best calculated in its
+very nature to induce the most intense and excruciating suffering to
+physical and material bodies possessed of the animating principle of
+animal life. In their unspiritual and ignorant state they supposed and
+believed that the bodies in the other world would be similar to those in
+this, and therefore subject to similar effects from heat and fire. What a
+monstrous conception, and how utterly inexplicable that it should ever
+have been believed. Even John the Revelator took a material view of hell,
+and described it as a 'lake of fire and brimstone.'
+
+"I was compelled, or rather impelled, from reason or from experiences
+sufficiently clear, in my frequent moods or states of spiritual exaltation
+to depart from this grossly materialistic view. While my hells were in the
+plural, yet I fell into nearly as great error in my creations. They were
+the progeny of imperfect visions, imperfectly understood and grossly
+erroneous in their relation.
+
+"You have only to think a moment seriously to discover the utter folly of
+my hells, and I will only present one instance among many equally absurd.
+You will find in my 'memorable relations' that I spoke of a certain class
+of Jews and others wading through mud, quagmires and swamps, and being
+injuriously affected by them, and this for the purposes of punishment.
+Now, the conception of a spirit, composed largely of pure ether, wading
+in the mire and wallowing in spiritual miasmatic swamps and filthy dirt,
+is only equaled by the mythological conception believed in and advocated
+by Christians that a spirit could be effected to any degree of suffering
+by material fire and brimstone. Both conceptions are as false as God is
+true.
+
+"In reference to the mythological arch fiend of mankind let us summarize:
+First an angel in heaven; then a rebel; then a war in the peaceful realms
+of heaven, instigated by this fiend; then the fall from the angelic state;
+then a transformation into a terrible and grim devil; then the building of
+a hell for his use, convenience and felicity, and then turning over to his
+control and malignant fiendishness three-fourths or more of poor, weak
+beings, creatures of an Infinite God, and you have fitly spoken a system
+that could only have originated in an orthodox hell, figuratively
+speaking, and by an orthodox devil, and which for malevolence far exceeds
+any thing ever thought of in this or any other world."
+
+July 17, 1882:
+
+"The bible makers having established a heaven and hell, with God presiding
+over the one and the devil over the other, were driven to the necessity of
+concocting a scheme for populating them. The God of their creation they
+represent to be possessed of infinite perfections and glory, and heaven
+the very ideal of grandeur and beatitude. One would very naturally
+conclude that in their scheme they would have so arranged that God would
+have had the first choice, and heaven the destination of the best and
+wisest of the denizens of earth. Nothing short of this could have so
+completely enamored us of the conception and rendered heaven devoutly to
+be wished for; but here the arrangement in value and superlative worth
+meets with a severe set back. One of the weak and frail points in the
+scheme consists in not allowing this infinite God to have his own choice
+in selecting those to become consociated with him in enjoying celestial
+delights in heaven. Human nature, by the fall in the Garden of Eden,
+became weak and subjected to malign influences with an inadequacy of
+repellant power to overcome them. The cruel authors of this system, while
+they establish their god in heaven, a far distant locality, and keep him
+there constantly occupied and absorbed with the music and praises of the
+ransomed few, turn the devil loose to roam at will, and invest him not
+only with the deific attribute of omnipresence, but also confer upon him
+the extraordinary power without restraint of assuming angel's garbs even
+to the deceiving of the elect. In addition they place under his authority
+and to do his bidding an unlimited number of smaller devils, whose
+services have been utilized by him in preying upon the peace and happiness
+of the children of this world, and in preparing their souls for eternal
+punishment and subservience to his will in the world to come."
+
+July 20, 1882:
+
+"To counteract this terrible invisible influence of evil no power of equal
+potency is furnished. They say that God's holy spirit in conjunctive
+co-operation with the saints embodied (they mean, of course, the preachers
+and good church people) is seeking man's deliverance and salvation. They
+confess, however, that this agency is impotent when compared with the
+power wielded by the devil and his invisible cohorts. They make Jesus say
+substantially that the road that leads to heaven is narrow and
+circumscribed and few travel in it, while the road that leads to hell is
+broad and the many travel therein, 'many shall be called, but few chosen,'
+etc., etc.
+
+"If their system be true we are forced inevitably to conclude that when
+the creative energies residing in man have succeeded in producing a high
+order of intellection the devil straightway captures them, leaving heaven
+to be peopled without the presence of the great and godlike in mental
+power. It would seem prudent and wise that this should have been otherwise
+arranged in order to have rendered heaven reasonably and fairly
+intellectual. No wonder, therefore, that their highest conceptions of
+worship and gratitude consisted in keeping up around the throne of the
+Lord a continual musical concert, both vocal and instrumental. Such
+distinguished and illustrious souls as Washington, Jefferson, Webster,
+Clay, Lincoln, Garfield, Paine, Voltaire, and others, could not be induced
+to participate for all future time in such exercises, for their mental
+constitutions were too robust and great and their souls too much
+interested in other and more ennobling pursuits. This kind of heaven would
+not suit souls of such intellectual proportions, and the orthodox hell, if
+accompanied by suffering, would be preferable to them, because their
+associations, at least, would be intellectual, for the devil is said to be
+exceedingly wise, and all wise souls live and delight in kindred
+consociations."
+
+July 21, 1882:
+
+"According to the orthodox scheme, heaven, hell, and the devil, all go
+together, or, in other words, they are inseparably connected with and
+belong to the plan. Heaven would be the destination of all without a hell
+and _vice versa_. Heaven and hell are in antagonism, and there would be no
+strife but by and through the devil, and therefore his existence is a
+necessity to this end. God is too good to take part in this strife, and is
+either indifferent or too weak to avert it. Even when the war in heaven,
+according to Milton, was waged between the devil and the Lord, with
+relentless fury, he would take no direct and active part, but commissioned
+Michael his generalissimo. How could he now be expected to take an
+immediate and active part, even to save his own defenseless children.
+Earthly parents act quite differently when their offspring are in peril,
+and so do the beasts of the field and the fowls of the air. I am talking
+ironically only to show the utter folly of the whole matter.
+
+"In this connection did you ever think why it is that the devil is
+continually seeking the moral overthrow and eternal ruin of the human
+family? It is not because he has any ill feeling for cause against the
+children of men. They have never given him any occasion, and as we have
+seen, in their helpless condition, they could not if they would. According
+to the bible and the claims of Christians they have always done just as
+the devil wanted them to. He wanted Adam and Eve to eat the apple and they
+did so. He wanted Abraham to debauch Hagar, and after her ruin to turn her
+loose with her helpless babe on her bosom amid the wilds of the wilderness
+of Beersheba, and Abraham did so. He wanted Noah to drink of the wine and
+become drunken, and Noah hesitated not, etc. So in fact the assumption
+can not be maintained that the devil in capturing nine-tenths of the human
+family is actuated by any malignant feeling towards his victims. The
+reason lies elsewhere. We are assured by the bible theologians and their
+coadjutors that the devil is solely actuated by his intense hatred of the
+Lord and the purpose of wreaking vengeance upon him for banishing him from
+heaven and the angelic state. If this is true common justice and sympathy
+for the suffering of the unoffending impose most seriously the duty upon
+the Lord, either to conciliate the devil in the interest of harmony, peace
+and concord, and to save his helpless children, or destroy outright this
+malignant enemy of his. If he will do neither, nor arrest him in his
+diabolical work, then truly are we justified not only in withholding
+homage from him, but also in regarding him equally at enmity with our
+welfare and a party (_particeps criminis_) in causing our sufferings and
+preparing our eternal doom."
+
+July 27, 1882:
+
+"Why seriously discuss questions that are fast fading out of sight? The
+advancement of mind and the development of spiritual discernment are on
+the eve of relegating old antiquated theories and ideas to the past ages
+of heathen darkness, where they properly belong. Total depravity throwing
+its dark mantle over tender infancy--parent of the doctrine of infant
+damnation--is no longer taught or believed by enlightened clergymen and
+their followers. It only has a sickly foothold where the people are
+spiritually dominated by an ignorant or pusillanimous priesthood. Why,
+therefore, seek to revive by serious discussion any interest in dogmas
+now almost inanimate and staggering to their final fall and eternal sleep.
+Let them die serenely if they can, and be buried out of sight without pomp
+or regret. We have questions of greater moment and of much more value to
+mankind, and to them let us address ourselves. All things are not only
+progressive but eternally progressing. Must we therefore resolve that
+systems of religion and theological dogmas are finished and settled
+forever. If so, when did this divinely appointed consummation take place?
+It certainly, if true, must be an event of recent date. By whom settled,
+how and when? Certainly not by the old Romish Church and the hierarchy
+established at Nice and Laodicia, for their history since has been
+characterized by quarrels and dissensions, which at times have threatened
+their very existence. And certainly no one will seriously maintain that
+they have reached the high altitude of final and definite settlement by
+Luther, Calvin and others in their departure from the original faith. Some
+of the articles of faith of these have either been discarded or quietly
+abandoned, and those left have been modified, and are scarcely an
+improvement on the originals. In candidly looking over the whole field
+among the religious sects now extant, only one thing is discovered to be
+mutually agreed upon, and that is that man lives after death. We hardly
+need to stop to except those semi-materialistic Christians who claim that
+a future existence at all depends wholly on the physical resurrection of
+the material body at some vague and indefinite period of future time. This
+doctrine is so unscientific and so disconsonant with reason that we pass
+it by with a mere reference to it."
+
+July 28, 1882:
+
+"The Catholics have three states for the dead, Heaven, Hell and Purgatory;
+the thorough orthodox Protestants two, striking out purgatory; while the
+Universalists insist on expunging hell from the catalogue. Some will have
+one God, and others a trinity of them. But they differ materially as to
+the course to pursue in order to obtain the divine favor, holy unction and
+saving grace of the Lord. Here they are put to the severest test. It is
+infinitely of less moment to ascertain how many gods rule above, or how
+many states of the dead, as it is to know how to reach the much desired
+haven of peace and happiness in the eternal world.
+
+"A prudent man would be comparatively indifferent as to how many ruling
+sovereigns over the destinies of man, or how many locations of consignment
+for their souls, so he is enabled to attain unto the highest good, and
+this consideration more imperatively absorbs his attention. Knowledge of
+the former would be valueless without knowledge of the latter. And hence
+in seeking to become familiar with the latter is where he becomes lost in
+the labyrinthian mazes of divergent and perplexingly diversified
+theologies.
+
+"One would have you attend to the confessional, do penance and observe and
+conform to the dictums emanating from the Roman Pontiff and the imperious
+mandates of priests, thereby securing absolution from the consequences of
+sin, and due preparation for the next world. Another admonishes you that
+your salvation depends on the nature and degree of faith in the atoning
+sacrifice. Another that you must become regenerated and washed of
+inherited and committed sins by belief in and conformity to certain
+specific and definitely prescribed tenets. And still another, that a good,
+moral life is the one thing needful, Jesus having paid the penalty of sin
+and triumphed over it for the whole of mankind. And so on, scarcely
+without limit, do these various and varied systems present themselves to
+perplex and annoy."
+
+July 31, 1882:
+
+"Instead of there being one, two or three states of the dead, the truth is
+there are an infinite number and variety of conditions in which the
+children of men exist in the spiritual world with the qualification that
+they do not remain in them longer than they are enabled to progress out of
+them into other and higher ones. The plain truth is, as every intelligent
+and fairly progressed returning spirit will tell you, that faith and
+belief have nothing whatever to do in determining your status in the
+spiritual world, nor will what a man believes, however erroneous it may
+verily be, if he is honest in it, have any potency in preparing the
+spiritual conditions or assigning him his spiritual sphere. Here we must
+be clearly understood, that we may avoid both misapprehension and
+misrepresentation. I do not affirm that false beliefs and erroneous
+conceptions of the hereafter do not have any effect on the spirit. They do
+have a very troublesome effect. They do not, however, in the slightest
+degree, determine the spiritual status, for this is regulated by other
+considerations--moral conduct, noble acts, spiritual unfoldment, etc. But
+when the proper sphere is reached after death, for which the new-comer is
+spiritually fitted, they halt him there, and for a time impede and retard
+his progress, at least until he shall have outgrown false beliefs and
+conceptions while in the material body. A man may sincerely believe that
+the veritable orthodox devil is his constant companion, or that the air is
+swarming with malevolent creatures bent on his ruin, or that he is totally
+depraved by inheritance, and destined to utter and endless wretchedness in
+the other world, or any thing else, however absurd and untrue, and yet
+that man's whole earth life may have been justly distinguished for
+charitable deeds, love of the neighbor, and in all his habits, walks and
+ways all that the severest moralists could require, do you not at once see
+that in all justice and righteousness the man's life, acts and deeds must
+inevitably determine his sphere or spiritual condition, without the
+slightest interference by what foolish things he may have believed. And
+yet it is nevertheless not difficult to see further, that he must disabuse
+his mind of those errors of conception and belief before he can make any
+appreciable and valuable progress. And I tell you these erroneous belief
+and unfounded conceptions cling to the man with more obdurate persistency
+than the most of mankind could be induced to believe. Hence the prime
+importance of forming correct ideas of the future while still animating
+the material body."
+
+August 3, 1882:
+
+"Acts of charity and deeds of benevolence are estimated by the spiritual
+laws of our being in just correspondence to the motives inspiring and
+actuating them. By the motives prompting them, more than the acts and
+deeds themselves, do they become either valuable or valueless to our
+spiritual promotion and good. I have known men who devoted a lifetime of
+arduous labor in the acquisition of wealth, all the while wholly
+regardless of the interests and wants of others, and toward the end of the
+puny life, and in anticipation of the near approach of death, they
+bequeathed their accumulations to charitable and benevolent institutions,
+only to find themselves the merest spiritual paupers in the spiritual
+world. And why? Because being governed a lifetime by grasping and selfish
+motives, they only dispensed the accumulated results of the cultivated
+spirit of avarice and cupidity under the selfish and painfully delusive
+motive of enhancing their interests in a world to which their aged
+infirmity admonished them they were hastening. Upon their entrance to the
+spiritual world the motive met them, and overshadowed them with its
+pitiless condemnation.
+
+"Had charity and benevolence characterized their lives all along for the
+sake of doing good and blessing others, it would have been quite otherwise
+with them in the eternal world of justice and truth.
+
+"Charities bestowed only possess eternal value when done for sweet
+charity's sake, and with the unselfish object of helping others. This
+constitutes love and genuine love of the neighbor, and is consequently
+divine and heavenly and of permanent and enduring value.
+
+"The Confucian doctrine, 'Do unto others as you would they should do unto
+you,' reiterated by the man Jesus, contains the great and salutary rule of
+life, which if practiced with the holiest and most disinterested motives
+will inevitably work out a most glorious future reward for the spirit.
+The shepherd kings promulgated this rule in a finer sense and reduced it
+to the fine realm of mind. The Confucian rule related to the _actions_ of
+men, one to the other, but the other declares, 'Think of others as you
+would have others think of you.' If your thoughts and actions are governed
+by these rules you may conclude you are not far from the kingdom of heaven
+or angelic sphere. If you observe these because you love the right, you
+can not fail to love the Lord with all your heart and the neighbor as
+yourself, thus fulfilling the law of spiritual growth and development
+while in the temple of flesh, and insuring a condition of superlative
+happiness in the spiritual world. If in your present state of development
+you can not do this, you can, at least, make the honest and persevering
+effort to do it, and your reward shall be great."
+
+August 7, 1882:
+
+"Abstain from evil-doing from the conscientious conviction that it is
+wrong to do evil and right to abstain. Do not allow yourself, in choosing
+between right and wrong, to be governed by a fear of future punishment, or
+hope of future reward, for this is cowardly and pusillanimous and of no
+practical value to your future happiness. Do right for the sake of the
+right and not from the selfish motive of deriving a personal benefit. You
+have in your world two very injurious and reprehensible doctrines taught
+by learned men, namely: materialism and forgiveness of sins. They are both
+degrading and far reaching in their baleful consequences. Christians treat
+materialism with scornful derision, and yet it is just as true as that the
+misdeeds of life can be overcome and rendered harmless in their following
+consequences by death-bed repentance and the blood of atonement. One is as
+true as the other, and my presence here in spirit proves materialism to be
+groundless. Materialism is the doctrine of one world only, a mere passing
+moment of life, and suggests very naturally to make the most out of it. I
+do not mean to be understood as asserting that there are not good honest
+people who believe in this doctrine, but that they are good and honest in
+spite of their belief and not as a result of it. The theological heresy
+which proclaims the necessity of conversion, new birth, and regeneration
+(they are convertible terms) would be much more plausible if not
+supplemented by the more alarming and reprehensible doctrine of obtaining
+full pardon for repeated crimes and misdeeds just preceding or at the
+imminent moment of departing from the material body by so-called death.
+The first becomes bereft of its value, if indeed it has any, by the
+latter. It is tantamount to asking a man to liquidate an indebtedness now,
+when, under the law, he has ten or twenty years option. In a purely
+business view he realizes that the possession and use of his money for ten
+or twenty years is to him a matter of pecuniary interest and profit. So
+likewise is it with the man of the world with an organization tending to
+licentiousness and vice. He perceives no wisdom or practical use in
+becoming regenerated in the days of his youth, when in old age the
+opportunity is afforded to repent and thereby avoid the consequences of
+the loose indulgences and vices of a lifetime. Every villain who has run a
+lifetime unwhipt of justice and unpunished for his crimes, must be
+fascinated with this indulgent fallacy, while all truly noble souls must
+silently, if not avowedly, abhor and detest it."
+
+August 10, 1882:
+
+"While the Universalists are considered liberal and progressive, yet their
+doctrine is equally dangerous and untrue. Indeed, I have more respect for
+the others. They (the Universalists) claim to stand upon the Word, and
+affirm that the blood and death of one man propitiated sin so far as the
+future life is concerned, and that therefore sinning entails no hurtful
+consequences but such as are met with along the journey of life from the
+cradle to the grave. In other words, that the consequences of sin are
+visited upon us during our earth life, or not at all. They attempt to
+justify and defend their doctrine by a mere play upon words found in
+isolated passages in the bible, especially the epistles in the New
+Testament. The declarative assumptions of the bible, as translated for
+your use and guidance, are utterly at war with their teachings, and it is
+folly to deny it. In this age when the human heart and mind are reaching
+out for something better it is useless and unproductive of good to go back
+to the root of words in originals to bolster up a doctrine founded in
+error. The effort will always prove unprofitable and must inevitably fail
+of its purpose.
+
+"I am aware that some advanced and more spiritually minded Universalists
+believe in progression in the future life, and in this regard their
+conclusions are better and far in advance of their premises.
+
+"I would say to those, however good and pure, who expect to awake to
+consciousness in an ideal world of transcendent beatitudes without shadows
+and crosses that they will realize a most perplexing disappointment. They
+will find a world more natural than this, because more substantial and
+enduring, and what is more they will find they lack very much of being
+perfect, more perfect indeed in undevelopment than in that soul growth and
+unfoldment that would enable them to command the joys and delights
+vouchsafed by association with progressed spiritual beings in the higher
+walks and spheres of the spiritual world. To attain unto this state is the
+work of time and the reward of labor.
+
+"The true doctrine is, as all shall know in time, that conscious and
+willful sinning, that is, where volition in choosing between the right and
+the wrong was within our power, is treasured up in the memory of the
+spirit and confronts us in the spiritual world, and will remain until
+outgrown and overcome by arduous effort. Happiness can only be enjoyed by
+the finite in contrast with misery, and shadows and crosses will fall upon
+us, marring our joys, until in the ages of coming time we shall so expand
+and grow towards deific perfections and excellences as to think no evil,
+thus not only rendering our actions submissive to the highest wisdom, but
+our hearts and minds to the divine love, and in a happy union of love,
+wisdom, and the will, we shall become something more than finite in our
+approach to the infinite."
+
+August 11, 1882:
+
+"Nevertheless let it be said to the humblest, struggle on, strive to
+battle for the right as you perceive it. If you see it not aright in good
+time it will be revealed unto you. Be of good cheer. You must needs
+suffer, for suffering in the right is spiritual growth--you are
+continually encircled by infinite love. You shall rise step by step,
+unfolding this latent power and that, gradually and by discreet degrees
+casting aside this harrowing and distressing memory and that, all the
+while aided by those spirits who have passed through tribulations and
+sorrows into higher unfoldments and joys, until finally you shall rejoice
+in blissful disenthrallment from the imperfections of your past being.
+Then you will be enabled to see why you have thus suffered and rejoice
+that it has been so. No pang will afflict you worse than those you have
+inflicted upon others, or of greater magnitude than thousands and millions
+have endured. Be kind and forbearing to the erring, be merciful to all,
+even the humblest creature of the creation. Deal justly with all, live
+uprightly, fear nothing but evil and fly from it. Be brave for the right.
+Love your neighbor, which being spiritually interpreted, means all
+mankind. Endeavor to learn and believe truth wherever found; try, if
+possible, to think no evil; worship at no shrine but that of eternal
+truth, and no harm can come to you in the everlasting realms of immortal
+souls. No shadows shall darken the pathway of your progress other than
+those incident to your connection with matter and your undeveloped
+spirituality. And these shall be dissipated, facilitated, and accelerated,
+by the sweet memories of good deeds and good thoughts.
+
+"In the feeble communications I have given you, by the permission of the
+Lord, I have not been able to impart my ideas in the same language and
+style that characterized my writings when embodied. I know they will be
+subjected to this criticism, but the difficulties of projecting my ideas
+into form in words have been many and great. If they were explained they
+in turn would be criticised with equal virulence. When coming within the
+radius of mediumistic aura we encounter obstacles great and difficult to
+overcome at their state of mediumship. Happily in time these difficulties
+will be surmounted. The aura of the medium and sitter blending with my
+spirit magnetism, your continued thinking and also the medium, thereby
+disturbing the equability of the magnetic and electric emanations, and to
+a corresponding degree affecting the psychic forces of the communicating
+spirit, and other things you would not understand if told you, all
+conspire to enfeeble the spirit intellectually, and, to a certain extent,
+limit it to the mental sphere of those present, especially the medium,
+upon whom we are so largely dependent. If you understood the subject as it
+really is, you would be surprised that we could even do so well. You, my
+dear Swedish friend, have aided us nobly; your motives being so pure and
+honest, we found in that itself a great auxiliary, and we sincerely thank
+you. I shall be with you often, and shall reward your many kindnesses by
+helping your sweet and interesting children in spirit life and others dear
+to you, to learn spiritual wisdom in their progress, and shall take a deep
+interest in you when you come to our life.
+
+"God bless this medium, for she is worthy. In earnest supplication we
+invoke the blessings of the Lord, angels and spirits upon you both.
+
+ "EMANUEL SWEDENBORG."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII.
+
+GEORGE WASHINGTON.
+
+
+On the 16th of June the following communication was received, and those
+following at the dates mentioned, from the spirit of George Washington:
+
+"From my home and congenial associations in the spirit world I come to you
+to-day feeling and hoping that I may possibly be of some service to my
+country, which I have never ceased to love with the tenderness of a
+mother's love for her children. Indeed, my country--the noble young
+republic--was kind to and considerate of me far above my merits.
+
+"In the memorable struggle for independence I was assigned to duty at the
+head of the colonial army, and by this circumstance occupied a position
+that attracted to me more general attention than to others who were in
+nowise less meritorious. After seven long years of patient suffering,
+heroic endurance, and almost superhuman exertion, our gallant and
+illy-provided army won an honorable peace, and I trust an imperishable
+renown. A nation of freemen was brought into being, and a system of
+government established far in advance of its predecessors. The old Roman
+republic, grand in many respects and a marvel of excellence for its time,
+was still in many regards vastly inferior to our own. Being at the head of
+the brave army whose herculean efforts, exerted under many disadvantageous
+circumstances, eventuated so gloriously, it was natural, although no more
+worthy than many others who rendered patriotic services, that I should be
+chosen the first executive of the young republic. This, to me, was a most
+flattering testimonial of the high appreciation of and affection for the
+gallant citizen soldiery who so valiantly acted in the stirring and
+sanguinary events of the memorable contest. Regarding my elevation to the
+chief magistracy of the nation as a reflection of public sentiment as
+indicated more than as a personal compliment to myself, it behooved me by
+discreet official conduct and patriotic action to show that the general
+appreciation and esteem for that noble soldiery was not misplaced nor
+unworthily bestowed.
+
+"If I have rendered worthy services to my country, either in the line of
+military duty or in the performance of civil trust, or both, they must
+proclaim my right to speak from my higher conscious life to my countrymen
+on matters pertaining to their best and dearest interests. If the gallant
+army that fought to a successful issue the battles of freedom in the
+infancy of its struggles here have claims upon the attention and
+consideration of the present generation, and those of the future, they beg
+you to earnestly consider the words that may fall from my lips and pen. I
+have marshaled those mighty hosts of noble souls in spirit land, and with
+them have recounted our struggles and sacrifices for you and those to come
+after you, and they are in hearty accord with what I shall deem proper to
+say to the nation through the much abused and little understood channel of
+human mediumship. You will hear from me in the immediate future in
+obedience to the purpose indicated."
+
+June 23, 1882:
+
+"Your complex system of government needs and will receive reconstruction
+or remodeling. When we emerged from the revolutionary struggle, and came
+to give the fruits of our hard earned victory some definite shape in the
+formation of a government for the new nation, we adopted the articles of
+confederation as the best we could then devise. It required but a short
+time to teach us that they were defective, and that prudence and wisdom
+dictated something different and better. The constitution was consequently
+fashioned and superseded the confederation, and there has never been any
+disagreement as to the superior wisdom of the constitutional form of
+government, at least, as an improvement on the original confederation
+form. When this had been accomplished we were fully persuaded that the
+reorganization of the government under the constitution was the apex of
+statesmanship and the acme of the science of governmental construction,
+and were consequently happy and content. But alas, for poor human
+foresight. It very soon became evident that the new arrangement was
+imperfect, if not absolutely defective, and twelve amendments to the new
+constitution were proposed by Congress and ratified by the states. After
+and as the result of the late unhappy conflict between discordant states,
+or, rather, rebellion of certain states by secession against the rightful
+authority and sovereignty of the federal government, several additional
+amendments became necessary and imperative, and they were accordingly
+incorporated and ingrafted upon the already amended constitution. And now
+others are earnestly talked of and advocated; and does this not teach you
+the plain lesson that your system is still imperfect?
+
+"The trouble is found to be that statesmanship is without foreknowledge,
+and is either blind to or oblivious of the requirements of the future. In
+other words, that the ceaseless mutations of human affairs, the ever
+acting and onward march of the law of change and progression, fail to
+strike the consciousness of statesmen or to secure their recognition. Of
+one thing you may be assured, your plan of government will be revised and
+remodeled to its vast betterment. When the time comes this will be most
+vehemently resisted by those who on all questions affecting the interests
+of the race and the happiness of mankind persist in remaining with the
+bats and owls of past ages rather than to be baptized in the light of the
+present and the foregleams of the future. But they must get out of the way
+of the car of progress or be crushed beneath its merciless and continually
+revolving wheels."
+
+June 30, 1882:
+
+"In the formation of your present system of government three co-ordinate
+branches were established--the Executive, Legislative, and Judicial--and
+they were designed to be checks, one upon the other. If in the zeal and
+frenzy of partisan strife, or under the baleful influence of venality and
+corruption, the legislative department should exceed its constitutional
+authority or enact legislation inimical to the public interests, the
+executive was invested with the veto privilege whereby the evil might be
+arrested. If, however, the President should be found to be in accord and
+sympathy with the legislative branch in its hurtful legislation, and gave
+thereto the sanction of his approving signature; or, in case the President
+exercised his veto power in the particular matter, and Congress should
+pass the measure over his objections by the requisite two-thirds of each
+branch, then and in either of these events there still remained the
+supreme court with its supervisory power or power of final determination.
+
+"But it may be very properly asked, what if the supreme court should be
+influenced by the same or similar considerations as the other co-ordinate
+branches, what help, relief, or remedy, is left to the people and the
+nation? It can only be answered--force, revolution, rebellion. Does not
+this plain statement present a dangerous contingency and indicate a
+palpable weakness?
+
+"It should be remembered that in our form of republican government all
+powers are derived from the people, and it should be furthermore very
+emphatically understood that all powers belong to them. If this view is
+correct, then in the hypothetical case mentioned for the purpose of
+illustration, the people themselves should be the last court of resort, or
+the high court of appeals.
+
+"It was thought by the founders of your government that the judiciary
+would always be pure and safe, but unfortunately experience has taught us
+quite differently. It is humiliating to an American citizen, whether he be
+in or out of the body, to be compelled to make this confession. But truth
+not only justifies but demands it, and it is best that it be frankly made
+and acknowledged."
+
+August 14, 1882:
+
+"We are not permitted, for prudential reasons, to tell you how the new
+system is to be fashioned. To do so would not facilitate its
+accomplishment, but might possibly operate detrimentally by inducing
+premature consideration and discussion. Suffice it to say that the subject
+has been deliberately considered and the plan carefully matured by wise
+statesmanship in the realm of causation, and will be given to your world
+at the proper time and in the proper way.
+
+"I desire to briefly discuss two propositions:
+
+"1st. What are the duties of the citizen to the government, or what the
+government has the right to exact of and from the citizen?
+
+"2d. What are the duties of the government to the people, or what the
+people have the right to exact of and from their government?
+
+"First. The citizen owes the government affection and homage. This springs
+from patriotism and self-interest.
+
+"Second. To render a cheerful obedience to and acquiescence in all
+lawfully constituted authority, reserving always and of primary importance
+the natural and inalienable right when all civil remedies prove
+unavailing, of revolution against and resistance to, tyranny, usurpation,
+and oppression.
+
+"Third. Prompt compliance with all the lawful edicts and mandates of
+government. If they are deemed unlawful, unjust, and oppressive, first
+appealing to judicial supervision and all lawful means for relief and
+protection--revolution the dernier ressort.
+
+"Fourth. Loyally protecting, defending, and sustaining the government when
+assailed from within or without, and when waging a just war upon a
+foreign foe, or in the suppression of an unjust and indefensible internal
+war, insurrection, or rebellion.
+
+"Fifth. Aiding the government both in peace and war by being honest to and
+with it in official station, and by helping to uphold and foster its
+credit and honor.
+
+"These comprise mainly the duties of the citizen to his government. He
+owes other duties to society and the local community in which he resides,
+but they are not considered pertinent or germane to our proposition.
+
+"I speak of sustaining the government in war. War is a terrible thing to
+contemplate, and we would gladly crush it out in its every vestige, but
+you seem as yet not to have outgrown and developed above and beyond it,
+and therefore we are compelled to notice the subject, however painful and
+sorrowful it may be. The time is not so very far distant in the future
+when nations and men will progress beyond this horrible relic of
+barbarism, when the fierce god of war will give place to the sweet and
+gentle spirit of peace and brotherly love; when all differences will be
+amicably adjusted without a resort to the arbitrament of the sword and the
+instruments of devastation, bloodshed, and death."
+
+August 17, 1882:
+
+"In a certain sense the people are the children of the government, and in
+a still more important sense the government is the offspring of the
+people. If you ask me what, under the law of your present state of
+development, are the duties of the child to the parent, I answer
+obedience, maintenance, and protection. If you ask me the duties of the
+parent to the child, I answer maintenance, education, and protection. The
+family government was the first government in the infancy of the race from
+which all other governments naturally and progressively sprang, and their
+relations and reciprocating duties are much the same.
+
+"I now reach the second proposition: What are the duties of the government
+to the people, or what have the people the right to demand of their
+government? It is the bounden duty of the government, under the
+constitution, to afford ample and plenary protection to the citizen in the
+exercise and enjoyment of civil and religious liberty. This protection is
+due to the humblest as well as the most exalted. The powers of your
+government are adequate to this end, if properly and effectively wielded,
+and if exercised without fear or favoritism.
+
+"Again, it is the duty of government to see that public affairs are so
+managed that its burdens may fall lightly upon the people and mostly upon
+those ablest to bear them. A judicious system of obtaining revenue to meet
+the exigencies of government and the liquidation of the national public
+debt by taxing incomes on accumulated wealth and its investment in various
+speculative methods, would be most salutary to the attainment of the
+object.
+
+"In order that the wise purposes of good government be carried out, and
+that honesty, frugality, and the most rigid economy should characterize
+every department of the public service, it is essentially and
+indispensably important that honesty and capacity alone should be regarded
+as commanding qualities for public official positions. Dishonesty and
+corruption and bribery in public stations ought to be severely punished,
+else there remains no safety and security to confiding constituencies.
+When your government offices reek with corruption and no alarm is
+manifested and no corrective measures adopted, you are not far from the
+yawning brink of the precipice over which your liberties and free
+institutions are sure to be precipitated. It is the duty of the
+government, in the interest of a confiding trusting people to hunt down
+the official vampires and parasites who thus insidiously prey upon the
+vitals of government, and inflict upon them such penalties as are
+commensurate with their enormous crimes. To allow them to go on with
+impunity and exempt from punishment is to invite and encourage corruption,
+and to suggest the safety of its increase."
+
+August 18, 1882:
+
+"It is the duty of government to foster, uphold, and defend labor in its
+unequal struggle against the greed of capital to the end that capital may
+not utterly crush it beneath its scornful and merciless heel. I tell you
+in all seriousness that on this subject you are approaching the verge of a
+volcano whose wrathful pent-up fires can not be much longer controlled,
+nor is it desirable that they should be unless a speedy change in the
+treatment of labor by capital, involving justice and right, is brought
+about. It is a delusion and in opposition to all human experience to
+expect capital, uncompelled by law, to become quickened in conscience and
+pervaded by a sense of equity and right. The government must stretch forth
+its strong arm and compel the exercise by authoritative and coercive
+power of a spirit of justice and fair dealing that belongs to a common
+humanity. Revivify and re-adopt that virtuous and beneficent doctrine of
+the earlier patriotic statesmanship of the republic, namely: 'The greatest
+good to the greatest number.' The men and women who toil and sweat in
+poverty constitute the greatest number, and he must indeed be blind to
+truth and deaf to justice who fails to discover or concede that the
+toiling millions have wrongs done them by the greedy rapacity of capital,
+and which appeal with vehement persistency for redress--aye, we fear in a
+little while, for retaliative and retributive vengeance. They have the
+right to claim protection from the steady and stealthy encroachments of
+capital whereby the rich grow richer and the poor poorer. Capital and
+labor are mutually interested in each others' welfare and prosperity, and
+are alike equally entitled to protection when dealing justly with each
+other, but under the present order of things labor is at the mercy of
+capital, and receives not justice at its hands. And this great government
+fought into existence by the common people, defended in every succeeding
+struggle by the common people, and which claims to be a government of the
+people and by the people and for the people, stands idly by with folded
+arms and with an apparent serene complacency permits the great masses of
+the people to become hopelessly impoverished, while the exclusive and
+favored few become enormously enriched. Verily has the government by its
+inaction and failure to interpose, become truly and in the sight of heaven
+a _particeps criminis_ in producing this wretched and deplorable condition
+of affairs."
+
+August 21, 1882:
+
+"You have a tariff system, which for unrighteousness in the cruelty of its
+exactions, is without a parallel in modern times. It is unjust and
+oppressive; wholly indefensible, and with scarcely a palliating feature.
+My circumscribed power in communicating will not allow me to argue the
+question _in extenso_, or as I would like to. Your tariff is not only
+unjustly discriminative, but painfully oppressive in its operations,
+especially so far as the interests of the consumers are concerned. Why do
+you not honestly examine the subject in its bearings in the laudable
+endeavor to ascertain to whose benefit it inures. The government to some
+extent is benefited in the matter of revenue, but the capitalists are more
+largely the beneficiaries, and it is for them and their interests that you
+legislate. Have you not yet discovered, if not by close and analytical
+reasoning, at least by an observance of its practical operations, that the
+poor artisans, skilled mechanics, and other labors immediately connected
+with your manufactures, are not favored by high rates of tariff, and that
+protection to home manufacturing by imposts on imported commodities does
+not enhance the interests or confer blessings upon the consumers of your
+manufactured articles. Have you not yet realized the fact that exorbitant
+and restrictive protection fosters only the interests of invested capital,
+with no real advantage to the toiling operatives and to the oppressive
+detriment of consumers? If the operatives in your manufacturing
+establishments were benefited by high tariffs it would be manifested and
+plainly discernible in prosperous accumulations and in their happy
+contentment. The opposite of all this is true, and it does not require a
+philosopher to discover it. Why trades unions, repeated and frequent
+strikes, and an unmistakably unhappy condition of unrest, if the benefits
+accruing from the system beneficially inured to the workmen? The masses of
+your toiling people are inclined to suffer and bear injuries and injustice
+with a patience and forbearance not characteristic of any other people
+under the broad canopy of heaven, and when they protest by strike or
+otherwise you may safely assume that they are in the right, and have just
+grievances. The people not directly connected with the manufacturing
+interest, but who are the purchasers of its products, have exhibited a
+still more remarkable degree of patient forbearance, for they are much
+more numerous and less directly dependent. They have been sorrowfully
+blinded to their true interests by unconscionable politicians and
+political tricksters, and most dearly have they paid for their confidence
+and ignorance. We see signs of the awakening of the hitherto slumbering
+sensibilities of the people, and feel assured that in the not remote
+future will be aroused a sentiment among the masses that will compel a
+change of front on this subject in the meting out of even-handed and
+impartial justice."
+
+August 24, 1882:
+
+"Another subject of engrossing importance to your weal is the threatening
+and dangerous attitude of monopoly and corporate power. Your railroad
+corporations are assuming gigantic proportions, and bode no good to you if
+left uncontrolled and unregulated by law. Your liberties are not only
+menaced for many causes, but by this corporate power all the avenues and
+departments of your government are being influenced detrimentally to the
+general public interest, if not absolutely sullied by the corroding
+elements of corruption. These corporations, by the many influences they
+are enabled to exert, if left unrestrained by legislation, will control
+your government and its vast machinery as effectually and completely as
+the planets perform their circuits in obedience to the inflexible and
+unerring laws of the universe.
+
+"It is nonsense to talk about the absence of constitutional power over the
+subject. Your national legislature has ample warrant, under the
+constitutional provision conferring authority upon Congress to regulate
+commerce among the states, and Congress should exercise that authority
+promptly and fearlessly. Railroads are common carriers, and are, when
+considered in connection with this power conferred upon Congress, public,
+and not private, highways. The Supreme Court of the United States has
+frequently affirmed this power as residing in the legislative department
+of the government. Unless regulated and restrained, these corporations may
+impose such exorbitant rates of transportation as to destroy ordinary
+profits on manufactured and other commodities, and necessitate an
+insufferable and unbearable increase to meet the exigency of increased
+rates of transportation, and, of course, to the detriment and oppression
+of consumers. The government must take the matter in hand for the
+protection of the people. Competition will prove unavailing without
+restrictive legislation; for the railroads would engage in pooling, and
+thereby render nugatory the natural advantages of competition. This
+monopoly constitutes the most threatening element in the country, and will
+be felt too soon, if not prevented by judicious exercise of governmental
+authority. The use of steam, as applied to railroads, steamboats, and
+steamships, was unknown to the founders of your government and the framers
+of your constitution, or more definite provisions would have been made in
+relation to the subject of regulating commerce. Why can not your statesmen
+be as patriotic and as true to the public?
+
+"Although mainly chartered by the states, they are not authorized by
+implication or otherwise to pursue the selfish course of only subserving
+the interests of capital, but for the convenience and benefit of the great
+body of the people in commerce and travel as well. They have, by
+exercising all undue influence, corrupted courts and legislatures, and
+will, ere long, as they have already to some extent, invade the sacred
+precincts of your elections, corrupting the sanctity of the ballot-box,
+and demoralizing the independence of electors. Then your government will
+become a farce, and your free institutions subject to the whims and
+caprices of unholy and unconscionable monopoly power."
+
+August 25, 1882:
+
+"The great agricultural interests upon which you mostly depend for all of
+your material prosperity receive no protection from your tariff
+legislation, but are compelled to pay tribute to manufacturing by paying
+tariffs on manufactured agricultural implements used on the farm by the
+increased prices on the same. Besides, this great interest (agricultural)
+is at the mercy of railroad corporations in high rates of transporting
+the products of the farm to market, and in the end the burden falls on the
+consumers of such products.
+
+"The recent tariff commission created by Congress, and its members
+appointed by the President, is a miserable subterfuge and sham, as you
+will ultimately ascertain. The dodging of the responsibility by Congress,
+of an immediate revision of the tariff and the correction of its abuses
+and vices, ought to be vigorously condemned. There exists no valid reason
+why the old war tariff rates should be continued in this era of profound
+peace and general prosperity of trade and business. Under the
+constitution, tariff taxation can only be imposed on imported articles for
+the purposes of revenue to the government, and this, however arranged, is
+amply sufficient to afford incidental protection to home manufactories.
+The time is coming when free trade and open, untrammelled commerce with
+all nations will be the policy of all wise governments, and the sooner it
+is brought about the better.
+
+"The currency policy will also be changed, and a great wrong therein
+righted. The national banking system projected into being early in the
+late war, and which had its necessities for an apology, will be abrogated
+and done away with, and a currency furnished directly by the government to
+the people, without the intervention and agency of private banking
+corporations. This will be cheaper, safer, and more durable, predicated,
+as it will be, upon the good faith of the American people and their
+government, and secured by their prosperity.
+
+"The time will come when the flag of the American republic will float over
+Canada, all the British Possessions on this continent, the island of
+Cuba, the natural key to the Gulf of Mexico, as well as over the
+cultivated valleys, arid plateaus, and towering mountains of the land of
+the Montezumas, beyond the Rio Grande. Then will your system of government
+be remodeled and reconstructed upon a plan infinitely superior to your
+present one, and the United States will not only become the greatest
+nation the earth has ever known, but the nucleus around which, in time,
+all other nations will cluster and revolve, shouting the anthem of human
+equality and freedom and universal liberty.
+
+ "G. WASHINGTON."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII.
+
+COMMUNICATION FROM MY SON EMIL ABOUT EX-PRESIDENT GARFIELD--GREETINGS FROM
+MADAM EHRENBORG--LETTER FROM REV. GODDARD, AND SWEDENBORG'S ANSWER.
+
+
+On the 26th of September, 1881, at the hour of 9 o'clock, forenoon, it
+being the same memorable day on which the body of the late lamented
+Garfield was buried, I went to Mrs. Green, 309 Longworth street, for an
+independent slate-writing seance. I had previously prepared the following
+paper, which I laid on the table, writing downwards, and which Mrs. Green
+had no means of reading, viz:
+
+"Will our dear exalted spirit friends be so kind as to give us some
+information of James A. Garfield, our late beloved President."
+
+On the slate soon came the following, signed EMIL, the name of my spirit
+son.
+
+"Good morning, dear papa. Many spirits are here to greet you. Our beloved
+and martyr President's work has just begun. He awoke immediately to
+consciousness and to the reality of a future life, of which he had slight
+knowledge. He was met by Washington, the father of his country, and the
+martyr Lincoln, with a crown prepared for him, and with many other loving
+kindred spirits, who had gone before to prepare for his reception, and it
+was the grandest one he ever had. He has been introduced to our spiritual
+congress, where he will finish his work, and where he will be more useful
+to his country. You will soon see a communication from the President in
+the papers."
+
+Then immediately came:
+
+"Dear papa, weep not for those who pass from this to higher spheres. Think
+of them free from sorrow and pain, and wipe away your tears.
+
+ "EMIL."
+
+
+Oct. 10. Through Mrs. Green. "My highly esteemed friend, good morning.
+Baron Swedenborg is prevented from meeting you to-day by reason of a
+called special session of the scientific institute or harmonial order of
+savants, of which he is a prominent member. Matters of transcendent import
+and pressing moment now engross the attention of that honorable body of
+advanced spiritual minds. He requested me to thus announce his enforced
+absence to-day, and to say that it will afford him pleasure to be with you
+at your next sitting. I avail myself of this opportunity, by the kind
+permission of the mediums' guides, to give my blessings, and to again urge
+you to go on with your investigations, and to push forward the noble work
+set before you by the spirit world. The elements for your spiritual
+unfoldment are constantly at work, and will continue to work out for you a
+rich reward far exceeding your most confident anticipations. Only fully
+co-operate with these elements and continue to act conjointly with your
+spirit friends and all will be well.
+
+ "Bright spirits of light around you stand,
+ Whom you have attracted from the summerland;
+ They come to bless you with their spirit light,
+ And make your life all beauteous and bright.
+
+ "Press forward, then, with fearless tread,
+ And learn from those the world call dead;
+ The veil is rent, their presence ever near,
+ Your soul to bless and heart to cheer.
+
+ "FREDRIKA EHRENBORG."
+
+
+The communications from Swedenborg of the 8th of September, 1881, through
+Mrs. Jennie McKee (the first one from him), and those through Mrs. Green
+of the 26th of September and 3d of October, 1881, I had printed in a small
+pamphlet, and sent them to divers parties, and one to the Rev. John
+Goddard, a minister of the New Church in Cincinnati, with the hope that he
+would afford the members of his congregation the opportunity to read them.
+In answer, I received the following reply from Mr. Goddard, viz:
+
+ "PRICE'S HILL, _August 19, 1881_.
+
+ "_Dear Mr. Helleberg_: Your communication with your pamphlet came to
+ me to-day. I hardly know what to say in reply, for I fear that nothing
+ I can say will be of any use. I have no doubt in the world that there
+ is such a thing as communication with spirits, nor has any intelligent
+ and well informed New Churchman. Nor have I any doubt whatever that
+ they are a very low order of spirits, and scarcely ever those whom
+ they personate. It is clear that Swedenborg never sent any such
+ communications as these. To believe otherwise would be to believe that
+ intelligent men in the other world lose their wits instead of
+ increasing in wisdom. Doubtless this is permitted as a forcible and
+ compelling offset to the tremendous and increasing materialism of the
+ day. I can not conceive of any use in it to those who desire to be led
+ by the Lord in freedom and reason. Not only Swedenborg declares the
+ thing disorderly, but all experience coincides with his repeated
+ warnings and emphasises the need of our keeping close to the Lord in
+ his divine word. I say to you frankly that I do not feel warranted in
+ putting this pamphlet before the society, for knowing as I do the
+ seductive and tremendously persuasive power of this influence and
+ realizing the evil in it, I should be doing violence to my sense of
+ duty in bringing the matter to their notice. To those capable of
+ better things it is a delusion and a snare. With kind personal
+ feelings to you and all your family, and deploring your connection
+ with this dreadful sphere, I remain sincerely yours in truth,
+
+ "JOHN GODDARD."
+
+On November the 7th I repaired to Mrs. Green's, taking with me Mr.
+Goddard's letter, which I did not allow Mrs. Green to see, nor did I speak
+to her any thing in regard to its contents. I had also prepared a
+communication to Mr. Swedenborg, which I took along with me, in words as
+follows:
+
+"To my exalted spirit friend, Emanuel Swedenborg: For conferring on me the
+honor of receiving your communications for the people who you seek to
+bless with the truth, I appreciate in the highest degree, and my only hope
+and wish is that I may be able to do this work in a proper and efficient
+way. The letter before you from the Rev. John Goddard, minister of the
+Church of the New Jerusalem here, in answer to my pamphlet containing your
+three first letters to me, is a sample of what may be expected from that
+class. I have had the opinion that the preachers of every denomination
+will be the very last to accept this most beautiful truth, and, therefore,
+I have concluded to send the pamphlet only to free, advanced minds, and to
+the individual members of the different churches of the New Jerusalem, if
+it receives your approval. With love and sincere affection, I am your
+willing and obedient servant,
+
+ "C. G. HELLEBERG."
+
+
+Placing Goddard's letter with mine on the stand, the following
+communication came on the slate:
+
+"In the adorable name of the Lord I salute you good morning. The course
+you have pursued in regard to my communications to you meets my hearty
+approval. In the future be governed by the directions of your immediate
+guides, in whom I have the utmost confidence, for they are constantly with
+you, and are more intimately related to your sphere, and know best how and
+what to direct. I am advised of the purport of the letter to you from our
+good brother, Mr. Goddard, and have lately visited him for the purpose of
+observing his surroundings and perceiving his mental operations. As the
+result, I believe him honest and nearer your platform than he is willing
+to make known. He certainly concedes enough in his letter to fortify your
+faith, and to satisfy those under his influence that modern spiritualism,
+so called, sprang from the great store house of the father's love, and is
+in his keeping. May the good brother become so illuminated as to reach the
+grander conclusion fully in consonance with the truth, that his religion
+emanated not from the Lord direct, but from the writer hereof under the
+spiritual instruction suited to that age, and that in lifting the veil
+between the two worlds of embodied and disembodied man, and permitting,
+yea compelling, the intercommunion between their denizens, the heavenly
+father has not made an assortment of evil only for you, for this would be
+malevolence under whatever pretext, but that all may, if they desire, hold
+intercourse with the terrestrial sphere. I have neither lost my wits nor
+retrograded in wisdom, but since I left the body I have lost much of my
+arrogance and pride, and am now more interested in imparting plain, simple
+truth, than in the construction of embellished sentences and high sounding
+and beautifully rounded periods. The humility taught by Jesus and others
+anterior to his day and since embodies a sublime law of the spiritual
+spheres, underlying all true progression, to which I cheerfully bow in
+reverential adoration. If my dear brother will only humble himself as a
+little child, forgetting for awhile his books, and casting aside the
+imperious demands of his system of belle-lettres, he will then from that
+truly spiritually elevated altitude begin to perceive and to drink in the
+beauties of spiritual truth and the glories of the Lord.
+
+ "EMANUEL SWEDENBORG."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV.
+
+COMMUNICATIONS FROM PRESIDENT GARFIELD, MADAM EHRENBORG, GOVERNOR J. D.
+WILLIAMS, PRESIDENT ABRAHAM LINCOLN, JUDGE EDMONDS.
+
+
+Nov. 21. Among other things during this sitting with Mrs. Green I received
+the following:
+
+"Good morning friends of truth. On passing out of the physical form and
+awakening to the consciousness of the perpetuity of my being, and a
+realization of my continued individuality, I was overwhelmed with the
+triumph of the spirit over the empire of crude matter, and as I gazed upon
+the worn, shattered and emaciated body, and in the presence of many
+kindred and other loving spirit friends, the first thought that occupied
+my mind was, is it possible that I have lived so long in the presence of
+this great truth and have known so little about it? Then followed a
+feeling of self-chiding, yea remorse, that I had neglected so many
+opportunities to learn that wisdom so much needed by the newly arisen
+spirit, and how much I had really missed by not acquiring knowledge of the
+spirit world, the future of the spirit, and the laws of spiritual
+government. Resulting from reflections like these came the impelling
+desire to return through whatever avenue I might find to speak to a fond
+mother, devoted wife, loving children, and sympathizing friends, to
+announce, if no more, that I not only still lived, but was fully conscious
+of and keenly alive to their grief and sorrow. But I would do more. Having
+passed safely and gloriously the ordeal of so-called death, and crossed
+the dreaded rubicon, I am now employing my best energies in learning the
+initial and rudimentary laws appertaining to spirit life and spirit
+growth, which I ought to have learned on earth, in the fervent hope and
+desire that I may be of service to my country and countrymen. If I have a
+friend who would hear and heed me, I would say to him as my best counsel,
+see to it that you learn more of the spiritual side of life while here in
+the body, that when you pass to the higher life your spirit may be
+accelerated in its onward march along the highways of progress in the
+heavenly spheres.
+
+ "J. A. GARFIELD."
+
+
+At the seance the 7th of November, 1881, I placed a sealed letter, with no
+address on the envelope, on the stand, and no one in the body except
+myself knew the contents, as I had written it early in the morning at my
+home, on Mt. Auburn. I deem it best to give my letter and the answer to it
+in full, as it demonstrates beyond all possible controversy the ability of
+spirits to read and understand written matter effectually concealed from
+mortal view by being securely sealed up.
+
+"To my dear exalted spirit friend, Madam Fredrika Ehrenborg: You always
+was on earth a valued friend of mine. Since your entrance into the spirit
+world I have been lead to appreciate more fully your good qualities of
+head and heart; and your kind spiritual ministrations to me I fear I can
+never repay. They have made me very happy indeed. You brought the highly
+exalted Swedenborg, and your angel husband to make God's truths clearer
+to us, and we know we can not return this loving kindness in any other way
+than in by trying to live up to them in our daily lives, and in making
+them known to others. During my whole life I have had so very few real
+friends outside of my family, but I now know that my good spirit friends
+have more than restored the loss of earthly friends, who I may have
+lamented. For a long time I have been thinking to send you a special
+offering of my sincere, heartfelt thanks, which I now do. Your sincere and
+humble earth friend,
+
+ "C. J. HELLEBERG."
+
+
+The answer soon came in the following words on the insides of the double
+slate:
+
+"To my highly respected earth friend, C. J. Helleberg: I know since my
+entrance upon a higher life more than before that you value my friendship
+to a very high degree, which I have tried with my spirit to reciprocate.
+You need not feel yourself under obligations to me or mine, for I take
+great pleasure in administering to your wants, and I am exceedingly happy
+to be able to do so, and that you appreciate we know. We are aware that
+our communications to you have made you and yours happy, and it rejoices
+us to know that we have been the instruments in doing good, and as you
+say, 'You can not return our loving kindness in any other way than by
+trying with all your might to live up to them in your daily lives, and in
+making them known to others.' That is just what your spirit friends wish
+you to do. You need not grieve for earthly friendship; those ties have
+soon to be broken, but have your thoughts on spirit life and friends? My
+noble husband and Mr. Swedenborg are here with us. Accept my heartfelt
+thanks for your good wishes toward me, and for your kind allusion to my
+noble companion. Love to your dear companion, and believe me ever your
+friend and guide. This is in answer to your sealed letters.
+
+ "FREDRIKA EHRENBORG."
+
+
+The 23d of January, 1882, came the following from the former Governor of
+Indiana: "Good morning my dear friend in the cause of truth. I have been
+present at many of your sittings, and this morning I feel the power strong
+enough to write and give expressions to a few humble thoughts in regard to
+what I have done since my entrance to the spirit world. My battles here
+were to put down aristocracy and the expenses of our government. I fought
+hard for that. I did not believe in drinking ice tea at the expense of the
+government. I was satisfied with a good old fashion tea like my mother
+made, and a suit of blue jeans. I am still at work in our spiritual
+congress to that end. If there is not something done speedily our
+government of our forefathers is gone, and instead a stronger one, or
+monarchy. Capitalists gnawing at its vitals, and it must inevitably
+succumb. Spirit world is constantly at work to change the influence. We
+are coming to every channel we can to speak, and our prayers are that we
+may be heard and heeded. With my blessing on you both, I bid you good day.
+
+ "J. D. WILLIAMS."
+
+
+"A. Lincoln, J. A. Garfield, O. P. Morton, A. P. Willard, Emanuel
+Swedenborg, Fredrika Ehrenborg, Madam Amalia de Frese, Polheim,
+Wilberforce and Otto Jacob Natt-och-Dag are present.
+
+ "EMIL."
+
+
+December 12th came the following:
+
+"Kind friends: I am with you this morning to encourage you by the
+utterance of a few thoughts. The authority of the priesthood over the
+consciences and judgments of men is fast losing its hold, and creeds are
+in the course of ultimate extinction. The overthrow of the institution of
+slavery in the United States was precipitated by war, and I shudder to
+contemplate even the possibility that the final conflict between the
+prevalent creeds predicated on false theology, and succored by
+superstition on the one hand, and an enlightened rationalism, etc. on the
+other, may unhappily eventuate in bloody issues. Creeds are doomed to
+perish. God grant they may pass away without the costly sacrifice of
+blood. The pages of both sacred and profane history record crimes of the
+darkest and deepest magnitude enacted in the holy name of religion. In her
+fair name the soil of the earth has been crimsoned with the precious blood
+of martyrs, and the ghastly horrors of the inquisition have been feebly
+and imperfectly told. The real truth of those horrid deeds has been
+faithfully chronicled in the archives of the spirit world. Without malice,
+and in all charity, I speak of them to-day, but the truth must be boldly
+stated. The history of the Christian system of religion is, in part, a
+history of foul assassination, bloodshed and rapine, and all under the
+impious pretext of advancing the kingdom of heaven and magnifying the
+glory of the Lord. Not only have the brave souls who dared to lift voice
+or hand against the hideous monster of religious fanaticism and tyranny
+been sacrificed as heretics, but noble and queenly women--yea, innocent
+and unoffending children--have fallen victims to its merciless cruelty and
+gluttonous rapacity for greed and power. Religion and tyranny have marched
+hand in hand together along the highways of the past, and with the stake,
+the javelin, the executioner's ax, and every conceivable instrument of
+torture, have left behind them ruin, desolation and death as fitting and
+enduring monuments of their utter unrighteousness. Does this terrible
+history, so replete with evil, offer us evidences of Godlike excellence?
+Can such a religious system, founded in falsehood, fostered by
+superstition, nourished by the blood of innocence, and pre-eminently
+distinguished by so frightful a history, much longer command the tolerant
+and kindly consideration of the advanced intelligence of the world, or
+continue to inspire the conviction that it emanated from God, and has been
+sustained all these centuries by the fostering care of his goodness and
+love? In view of all this, is it surprising to any one that He who taketh
+cognizance of the minutest details of human conduct has commissioned his
+angels and the spirits who have escaped the environments and passed beyond
+the limitations of the flesh to return to those in mortal on the
+redemptive mission of demonstrating a continued life beyond the grave, and
+revolutionizing the religious thought, moral tendencies and spiritual
+conceptions of mankind. I repeat, creeds are doomed to perish, and this
+angel ministry, fraught with freedom, truth and righteousness, will erect
+her gorgeous temples over their buried ruins. Thanks be to God that I
+obeyed the majestic voices wafted from the spirit world, inducing, as they
+did, the liberation in our land of four millions of the enslaved children
+of chattel bondage. Enjoying the communion with spirits, and learning of
+them and their bright homes, the heritage of the father's love, I was,
+while yet inhabiting the tabernacle of clay, made glad and filled with
+superhuman joy, and in consequence was the recipient of strength and
+happiness in this glorious land of the spirit. Go ye, therefore, and do
+likewise. Good day.
+
+ "A. LINCOLN."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV.
+
+NEW YEARS' GREETINGS FROM MANY OF MY DEAR SPIRIT FRIENDS AND NEAR
+RELATIVES.
+
+
+The 29th of December, 1881, I received with many others the following
+communication:
+
+"Good morning, my dear friends, for such I will call you, although I have
+never had the pleasure of seeing you in the body, but as magnetic
+attraction seems to be the topic, I will write a few lines to you. Some
+years ago I corresponded with this medium's husband, and I had the
+pleasure of calling her my pupil, because her mediumship was so much like
+that of mine and my daughter Laura. I took so much interest in her and her
+future success, and predicted that she would be a wonderful medium in
+time, and now I come as her teacher to congratulate her on her success and
+to give her words of cheer, and to tell her that she has only ascended
+half way up the ladder of fame as a spirit medium; and, also, that I have
+come to-day by magnetic attraction, and will be here often to aid her in
+her development. With my prayers for you both and for your success, I bid
+you good morning.
+
+ "JUDGE EDMONDS."
+
+
+The 2d of January, 1882, in the forenoon, came on the slate the following:
+
+"Good morning, dear papa. We are all here with our happy New Year's
+greetings--Emil, Charles, Gustaf, Mary, Julia, Grandpa and Grandma
+Helleberg, Grandpa Natt-och-Dag, Swedenborg, Madam Ehrenborg, Madam de
+Frese, and a host of others. Dear Emil forgot me; I am last, but I hope
+not the least, in sending you a happy New Year's greeting. He says I am
+able to do that myself, and so I am, and happy to do so. Nothing affords
+me more real pleasure than to communicate to you. Wishing you many
+beautiful spirit communications this coming year, I bid you good day.
+
+ "JENNIE."
+
+
+After this came the following from a highly esteemed noble lady, who
+recently passed to the higher life, leaving an only daughter remaining in
+the form. Madam de Frese was distinguished in her native land--Sweden--for
+her literary tastes and labors and the purity of her character. It was a
+great surprise by reason of her having passed on so recently:
+
+"Good morning, my dear friend. With the assistance of Mr. Swedenborg and
+our kind friend Madam Ehrenborg, and with the aid of this medium's very
+highly gifted and intelligent band, I am able to write a few more lines to
+those I love who are yet in the body." (At this moment I said to the
+medium, "It is my impression that this communication is from my friend,
+Amelia de Frese, and it may be a help to convince the New Church people in
+Sweden, and her daughter, of the spiritual truth and power.")
+
+And then came:
+
+"Yes, that is my object, to send them a New Year's greeting from my
+beautiful spirit home, and to tell my dear daughter that I am not far from
+her, but able to advise her and control affairs mundane, and that by
+impression. She will be directed in the right way, and although she does
+not imagine that I am with her, still it is a reality. Tell her to have no
+fear, she will be directed to do my will, and now that the dark pall is
+before her, and that to penetrate through it seems an impossibility, but
+'ere long she will get glimpses of the summer land and of the loved ones
+gone before. Though the clouds may lower and thicken fast and the
+mutterings of the storm king is heard, fear not, mother is near to ward
+off danger. She will know my meaning. She is in mental trouble, the weight
+is almost overpowering. This will help to remove it somewhat, and what she
+longs for. She thinks, 'Oh, if mother could tell me what to do.' As a
+parting word, tell her that the sunshine of Spiritualism will scatter the
+clouds and mists that now surround her, and that she will be made doubly
+happy by its introduction into her troubled heart, and every pulsation of
+that member of the body will beat with joy. With the blessings of
+Swedenborg and Madam Ehrenborg, and with my heart full of love for her and
+highest regards for yourself and companion, and thanks for this privilege
+of communicating, I bid you adieu.
+
+ "MADAM AMALIA DE FRESE,
+ of Stockholm, Sweden."
+
+
+January 9th I received the following from the same spirit:
+
+"Thanks, my dear old friend, Mr. Helleberg, for sending the communication
+to my daughter. I will be there when she reads it, and make her feel my
+presence. I am your friend,
+
+ "AMALIA DE FRESE."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVI.
+
+A PRAYER FROM MADAM EHRENBORG.
+
+
+Jan. 26, 1882. And the following came on the slate, which I then copied
+word for word, and herewith reproduce _verbatim et literatum_:
+
+"My dear old friend. According to promise I am here, and I will endeavor
+to write you a prayer:
+
+"Oh, thou Infinite Spirit of Truth, soul of all things, we humbly approach
+Thee at this hour. We know our praises can not exalt Thee for Thou art
+already infinitely exalted. We know how vain are our adulations of Thee,
+and that we can not change or make Thee other than what Thou art, a being
+permeating all things, ever pure and changeless. We know Thou hast existed
+in all the past, and for Thee and Thine there is no ending in all the
+measureless immensity of future time. Thou art infinite and perfect in all
+Thy great attributes of love, wisdom, and power, the true and everlasting
+trinity. We know we serve Thee best when we seek and labor for the good of
+Thy children, whether they be in realms of spirit being or in mortal life.
+We feel the inspiration of Thy words--'Do good to all'--wafted to our
+anxious ears on every breeze, and we bow in reverence before the eternal
+words written on all the works of Thy mighty creation, 'Love one another
+even as I love all.' We look not for Thee in temples of human
+construction, or in buildings vainly dedicated to Thy worship, but we
+discover Thee in all that Thou hast brought into being by the creative
+energies of Thy almighty power. We hear Thy majestic voice in the mighty
+roar of old ocean and in the gentle murmurings of the brooklet. We hear
+Thy voice in the thunderings of the storm king and in the soft whisperings
+of the zephyrs. We behold Thee in the stately form of the oak and in the
+sweet blossoming and blooming flowers. Wherever we go, wherever we look,
+and in whatever we behold there Thou art ever present. Oh, Thou mighty
+master spirit of the universe, bless Thy children every-where. Strengthen
+Thy messengers, ministering spirits from the land immortal, to teach those
+still in the bonds of the flesh the sublime and eternal truths of
+immortality. May Thy children in mortal learn that wisdom which teaches
+righteous living, heroic dying, life-unending and eternal progression.
+Shower divine blessings on this aged brother who is seeking to know of
+Thee through Thy ministering angels. Strengthen his faith, increase his
+knowledge, cheer his heart, and as he nears the end of the journey of
+mortal life fill his soul with that joy that can only be bestowed by the
+spirits of dear ones who have passed to the better land. Bless, oh Father,
+this noble medium, a chosen instrument of the spirit world, through whom
+to transmit messages of love. Bless all such instruments. Encourage and
+invest with continually increasing powers this noble band of spirits, and
+enable them through their chosen and beloved medium to bless and cheer the
+hearts of many by the impartation of light divine, and may that light
+radiate through their souls as the sunbeams descending from the golden
+orb of day illuminates the physical world. Accept, oh Lord, from the
+fulness of our souls this our earnest prayer. Amen."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVII.
+
+GREETINGS FROM HORACE GREELEY, J. G. BENNETT, AND HENRY J. RAYMOND, TO F.
+B. PLIMPTON, ASSOCIATE EDITOR OF THE CINCINNATI "DAILY COMMERCIAL."
+
+
+During the visit of the celebrated medium, Henry Slade, to Cincinnati,
+recently, a reporter of the Cincinnati "Daily Enquirer" visited him and
+secured a sitting, during which Mr. F. B. Plimpton, associate editor of
+the Cincinnati "Daily Commercial," by invitation was present. The day
+following, the "Enquirer" reporter, in speaking of the seance in the
+columns of his paper, referred to Mr. Plimpton in disparaging terms as
+being a believer in Spiritualism, etc. In the succeeding issue of the
+"Enquirer" Mr. Plimpton had published over his proper signature the
+following rejoinder:
+
+
+DR. SLADE AND HIS "CONFEDERATE."
+
+_To the Editor of the Enquirer._
+
+Your reporter makes much of my accidental meeting with him at the rooms of
+Dr. Slade. I had called on the doctor's general invitation (he being an
+entire stranger to me), not with the thought of witnessing any of the
+so-called manifestations, but to have a chat with him touching some points
+of his European experience.
+
+In the course of our conversation he incidentally mentioned that he had an
+appointment with a press representative, and shortly afterward your
+reporter came in, and was introduced to me as "Mr. Culbertson." Having met
+the young gentleman on a recent social occasion, when he was introduced to
+me under his right name, his identity was not obscure to me, but it would
+have been the height of impoliteness on my part, an invited guest, to have
+interfered with any little plan he may have formed to entrap the magician.
+It is a trivial and common form of deception, and as Dr. Slade does not
+profess to be a mind-reader, it is as easy for a stranger to impose on him
+in that way as upon an ordinary person. So, as "Mr. Culbertson" your
+reporter remained from the beginning to the end of the sitting.
+
+Why Dr. Slade changed his mind and allowed me to remain during the seance
+I do not know, and do not care to know. It seems, however, to have excited
+the suspicions of your acute reporter, who amusingly presents me to your
+readers in the light of a confidante of the doctor. This is too ridiculous
+to receive serious refutation. It was the sheerest accident that I was
+present at all.
+
+Your reporter very fairly states the phenomena witnessed, except where his
+lively imagination charmingly interferes with strict accuracy, and tempts
+him to adorn his narrative with divers brass ornaments of his own
+invention. But he must pardon me if I decline to accept him as an expert
+at his own valuation, since by his own statement he stands condemned of
+practicing the only deception at all explicable, and then not telling the
+truth about it.
+
+He is, however, entitled to his own conclusions, which must be very
+valuable, considering the time he has devoted to investigation. There is
+no accounting for the superior insight which a young man has into
+phenomena, that have baffled old heads after years of patient study. It
+may be remarked, however, that to denounce as trickery and fraud phenomena
+otherwise not easily explained is a ready way of ridding one's self of the
+whole business.
+
+Though not giving much attention of late years to the subject, I am a
+Spiritualist, and not ashamed to own it. The time has passed when it is
+necessary to doff one's hat and apologize in this or any other intelligent
+community for being a Spiritualist. It is, at least, as creditable as to
+discourse without knowledge and condemn without investigation.
+
+ F. B. PLIMPTON.
+
+
+On Thursday, February 2d, at Mrs. Green's, among other matter received
+came the following:
+
+"Respected Sir: We are here this morning to ask you to go and see Mr.
+Plimpton, of the "Commercial," and say to him for us, that we not only
+thank but congratulate him for his recent bold and manly utterances in
+favor of truth. The time has arrived for those blessed with the knowledge
+presented by Spiritualism to bravely avow it, and we are glad that he has
+taken the initiative in the Queen City of the West. The time has truly
+passed when such avowal entails social ostracism or any kind of
+persecution. The banner of truth has been unfurled, and ye brave souls
+marshal the veteran hosts under it and onward to victory. You will find
+less obstruction than you think, for believers in this much-abused gospel
+of light are more numerous than you conceive. Besides you have myriad
+hosts of heaven at your backs. Falter not, move onward with firm and
+confident step. Be steadfast and true and bright laurels await you. The
+victory is not always to the strong, but to the active, the vigilant, and
+the brave. The army of Spiritualism has already swollen into huge
+proportions, and its ranks are being daily augmented. The decree has gone
+forth and the triumph will come. Truth shall arise for the eternal years
+of God are her's, and nothing can stay or retard the onward march to
+victory of the grand army of invisible hosts.
+
+ "HORACE GREELEY.
+ "J. G. BENNETT, SR.
+ "HENRY J. RAYMOND."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVIII.
+
+COMMUNICATIONS FROM HORACE GREELEY, GOVERNOR O. P. MORTON, AND A. P.
+WILLARD.
+
+
+On the 7th of April, among other things, I received the following:
+
+"Unless some changes are made in the conduct of your government direful
+consequences are to be apprehended. Under the present mode of
+administration it is continually subjected to very heavy straining, and it
+can not much longer stand it. Many reforms are needed, and the
+requirements of patriotism demand that they be seriously considered and
+acted upon. Your civil service is entirely wrong, and can not be continued
+much longer without serious detriment to your form of government. The
+integrity and stability of your institutions are constantly menaced by it.
+You claim that you have an elective government. Is the claim true?
+Thousands of important public offices are not filled by the elective voice
+of the people. They are filled by appointment from purely partisan
+considerations--for partisan purposes and as a reward for party services
+and party zeal. Fitness and worthiness are secondary and minor
+considerations. Hence arise clamorings of party strife, and the
+engendering of the festering sore curses of corruption. The Presidential
+office had better be abolished than to continue it invested with such vast
+patronage in dispensing official appointments. There exists no valid
+reason why the people themselves should not select from their neighbors
+postmasters, revenue officers, etc., as well as state, county, and
+township officers. The Presidential office should either be dispensed with
+or its incumbent elected by a direct vote of the people without the
+intervention of the cumbersome and corrupting electoral machinery. The
+electing of men to elect other men to office is the dodging of a
+responsibility and the surrendering of a right of the people that can not
+be defended upon sound principles.
+
+"Another danger confronts you menacingly and demands watchful attention.
+It is the startling aggregations of wealth among the few, and wrung from
+the sweat of labor. These immense accumulations find utilization in the
+creation of merciless monopolies which have already assumed gigantic and
+threatening proportions in the United States.
+
+"Stock gambling is not a whit better in morals than any of the games of
+cards by which the unwary are fleeced out of their hard earnings. The
+participants and operators in the one are no better than in the other, and
+yet the one, under your Christian civilization is applauded while the
+other is denounced. How long yet will the people continue to be hoodwinked
+and handicapped by designing political tricksters. We have seen the star
+of hope, but now behold the star of promise rising in its refulgent
+splendor, and therefore we take heart.
+
+ "H. GREELEY."
+
+
+HON. O. P. MORTON.
+
+On the 13th of April the following communication was received, purporting
+to come from the late United States Senator from Indiana, Oliver P.
+Morton, viz:
+
+"Amid the rancor and jealousies of party strife I came in for a full share
+of abuse and vituperation. I was denounced most bitterly as an ambitious
+man, wholly unconscionable and indifferent as to the means employed in the
+accomplishment of party ends. Now, I frankly confess that I was not a
+saint in politics, nor always, politically speaking, perfectly orthodox. I
+am free to admit that I was so constituted that when I once believed a
+certain view to be sound and right I never hesitated to use all the
+appliances and machinery of party to secure its triumph. I was called a
+bold man in politics. I am proud of this, for it is in contradistinction
+to all that is sneaking. I aimed to always be right, and believed, in a
+certain qualified and honorable sense, that the ends justified the means.
+Those who are vociferating so loudly and screaming so painfully about bad
+and corrupt men, are generally traveling in the same boat, with the same
+sails spread to the breeze. In my mind and heart the country's good was
+always a paramount consideration, and I have as few regrets as most men
+who have devoted as long a period to public life. The man out of office
+feels himself called upon to denounce the man who is in, and affects to
+believe himself especially endowed with the requisite qualities to purify
+the public service, but when safely ensconced in the incumbency he too
+soon finds himself a Barkis, who "is willing." There are many good and
+true men engaged in public political life, but none perfect, and you would
+be as successful in ransacking _hades_ for an angel of light in your
+efforts to find a perfect politician. Whatever is wrong and corrupt in
+your public service and political life will never be corrected and
+purified by the politicians alone. As well might you hope for a deadly
+eating cancer to eradicate itself, or the upas tree, with its deadly
+emanations, to give forth health-breeding and life-sustaining exhalations.
+The remedy rests alone and wholly with the great masses of the people. The
+prostitution of office to the debasing influences of bribery and
+corruption must be made odious by fixing austere penalties against the
+offender, and the prompt and indiscriminate enforcement of them.
+Misfeasance and malfeasance in public office ought to be considered an
+unpardonable crime, and the guilty dealt with accordingly. Let the people
+teach their officials the doctrine that a continuation of political
+existence depends wholly on fidelity to the public interests, and the
+honest, faithful and efficient administration of their official trusts.
+When there is willful dereliction of duty, or a failure by grossly
+reprehensible conduct to meet the just public expectations, not only
+relegate the offender to the walks of private life, but impose such
+punishment as shall be deemed adequate to the enormity of the crime, and
+will deter others from the commission of like offenses.
+
+ "O. P. MORTON."
+
+
+GOV. A. P. WILLARD.
+
+May 19, 1882, I received the following from Ashbel P. Willard, who I learn
+was at one time Governor of the State of Indiana, viz.:
+
+"Good morning, sir. I was, during my earth life, a politician, and, to a
+certain extent, a successful one, if success may be measured and
+determined by captivating the masses, and thereby securing elevation to
+office. I was in early life surrounded by poverty, and arose from humble
+conditions to the chief magistracy of the great commonwealth of Indiana. I
+was of the common people, always kept myself closely allied to them and
+their interests, and if you will excuse the egotism, always felt that I
+was near their hearts. I was called an orator, and probably to some extent
+this was true, for nature had favored me highly in that direction by
+organization, and I have occasion to be thankful that whatever gifts I may
+have possessed, they were aimed to be exercised for the promotion of the
+public good and the happiness and prosperity of the people. In youth I
+obtained a common education and taught school, and by teaching the young
+the rudiments of education I was enabled to study and observe the
+different tendencies and characteristics of mind. While engaged in this
+pursuit I discovered some properties of my own mind and some gifts of
+speech, which, in public utterance, subsequently distinguished me--not so
+much in the forum as on the "hustings" during periodical political
+excitements. I soon discovered that the power I was enabled to wield in
+political disputations was attracting the people to me, and their voices
+at the ballot-box soon called me into official position and consequent
+prominence.
+
+"Whatever faults I may have had, it is a proud satisfaction for me to know
+that it was never charged that I ever betrayed either a private or public
+trust. But in my day things were quite different from what they are now.
+The politicians in my day were imbued with a different and a higher
+patriotic sense of obligation to the public interests and the general
+public weal. The great war of the rebellion seems to have poisoned the
+divine streams of patriotism, and the politicians of to-day seem to have
+drank too freely therefrom. You have passed through evil times, and they
+are still upon you.
+
+"The best minds of the spirit world are hard at work seeking to purify the
+waters of political life. It must begin at the fountain head. The people,
+the great masses who constitute the fountain of all political power, must
+be awakened to a realization of the wretched condition into which they
+have permitted public affairs to drift. There must be a quickening of the
+public conscience and a revivifying of the patriotism of the early fathers
+of the republic. The sanctifying influences of the patriotism of the
+revolution must again permeate the hearts of the people. The politicians,
+always cunning and watchful of the tendencies and driftings of the public
+mind, will either fall in with the new order of things, or be forced to
+retire and subside from public notice. The great minds and patriotic
+hearts of Washington, Lafayette, Adams, Jefferson, Franklin, Hancock,
+Paine, Webster, Clay, Douglas, Lincoln, Garfield, and hosts of others, are
+coming from the skies, leaving for awhile the glorious pursuits and joys
+of spirit unfoldments to speak to the people, and to lead them away from
+the demoralizing and corrupting influences of the partisanship of the day
+into better channels and loftier patriotism.
+
+"How shall the work of purifying the public service, restimulation of
+patriotism, and the placing of the waning fortunes of the country upon the
+high road of prosperity be done? _First._ What is needed to be done?
+_Second._ How shall it be done? These questions, so pregnant with mighty
+results, should engage your earnest and prayerful consideration. These
+matters may be discussed and presented to you, and I am glad that the
+means will be furnished to lay them before the people.
+
+"If what I have said will be the means of arousing one patriotic citizen
+to the necessity of the governmental reformation now in contemplation by
+our spiritual congress, I shall feel then supremely happy that the little
+effort in writing these feeble lines was not in vain.
+
+"I was known when in the form, and am still, as
+
+ "ASHBEL P. WILLARD."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIX.
+
+COMMUNICATIONS FROM THE DRUNKARD, A MISER, WILLIAM GAILARD, WILLIAM LLOYD
+GARRISON, WILBERFORCE, TECUMSEH, A SUICIDE.
+
+
+On May 25, 1882, came the following communication from a spirit, who
+declined to give his name, for reasons which he claimed to be prudential
+and personal to himself. It is here given in his own words:
+
+"The band of spirits who have this medium in charge, together with other
+exalted ones and one who is co-operating with them temporarily, have not
+only allowed, but invited me, unworthy as I am, to come and tell my story.
+It is a short and terrible one, and in deep sorrow and humiliation I
+proceed to tell it.
+
+"I was called, and justly so, a drunkard. By nature I was blessed with a
+strong and robust constitution, and I was, what is too often a curse, the
+child of wealthy parents. My father was rich, and this circumstance proved
+my ruin. I was nursed in the lap of luxury, never knew what it was to
+want, and consequently had no sympathy for those that suffered, or those
+immersed in the fierce struggles of poverty. I disdained to work with my
+hands for bread, and knew not the hardships and sorrows of the toiling
+millions. My brow was never moistened by the sweat of labor, and I grew up
+in the belief that the poor were intended and purposely created to serve
+the rich, and were deserving of naught but a bare scanty subsistence. My
+life of indolence and ease, my uninterrupted hours of leisure, produced
+their inevitable fruit in their accompaniments of vice and immorality.
+Idleness, as I now know, is the parent of vice, and riches too frequently
+constitute the propagating life germs of wickedness. It was sadly true in
+my unhappy case. Oh, fathers, mothers, heed my warning counsel: Train your
+children to labor--to work, work, work. Allow but few idle hours for
+dissipation and vice. Keep them away, if possible, from the club room,
+where intoxicating beverages are indulged in and made inviting by
+temptation, and where lascivious conversations only tend to stimulate and
+develop the lower passions and propensities of their natures. Wine, fair
+to look upon and with frequent imbibations exhilarating, contains within
+its alluring embrace a terrible lurking serpent whose venomous sting is
+fatal to all that is noble, grand, and holy. It strikes, figuratively
+speaking, its poisoned teeth into the very vitals of our being, and the
+effect follows us to the other life with its terrible retributive
+vengeance. Oh, pity the poor inebriate, and erect all possible barriers
+against the terrible ravages of the fell destroyer.
+
+ "THE DRUNKARD."
+
+
+A MISER.
+
+April 24, 1882, came the following:
+
+"I am permitted to come to you to-day to relate something of my history.
+There is a twofold purpose in my visit. I am told that this will greatly
+benefit me as a spirit still bound to my idol--gold--and that I may be
+instrumental in warning others to avoid my condition.
+
+"I lived in the flesh more than three score years and ten, and when I laid
+down to die the only thing I regretted leaving was my gold and hoarded
+wealth. Oh, I thought, if I could only take it all with me how happy I
+would be. The world said I was a noble man, because being avaricious and
+greedy, I was successful in acquiring riches. My nobility of character was
+measured entirely by my ability to accumulate money and property. I want
+to publish it to the world that money, stocks, and landed estates, are
+poor capital to bank on in the spirit world. They will do here, and as the
+world goes, will make you respectable, your society and influence coveted
+and all that, but you need a different kind of capital on this side of
+life. Gold here has great purchasing power. It buys the luxuries of life,
+it even buys honor, virtue, and innocence, at a fearful sacrifice and cost
+to others, but its power, except its terrible evil following, ends with
+your life in the body. Nothing but good deeds, noble charities, and
+upright living pass current in the land of souls. I was a miserable,
+soulless miser, and my occupation and delight consisted in adding to my
+coffers, and in this endeavor I forgot and ignored conscience and every
+thing in the pathway of the pursuit of my idol.
+
+"I belonged to a fashionable church, owned a pew, attended the services,
+and flattered myself that this was all that was needful to prepare my soul
+for happiness in the other world. No appeals of charity were ever strong
+enough to touch my sympathies or open my purse strings. The tears of the
+widow, the wails of the orphan, or the cries of the suffering, however
+piteous, never touched my heart or obtained from me a single penny. I
+stinted myself and family and contributed nothing towards the relief of
+want and suffering, for I was so completely enslaved by the accursed love
+of and passion for money. This is a humiliating confession to make, but it
+is, alas, for my happiness, too true. I tell you money has been my curse,
+and oh, how terribly have I suffered. Years upon years have rolled by, and
+I have only partially paid the penalty of my folly. No wonder the rich man
+wanted some one to go back and tell his brethren of his fate. I hope I may
+hereby be the humble instrument in warning others against the pitfall into
+which I have fallen. My gold came up before me here to greet my fond gaze,
+and when I would joyously reach out for it, behold it would elude my
+grasp, thus teaching me that it had no real existence except as the
+haunting specter of my unholy life struggle for its possession. The light
+of redemption now begins to beam upon me, flooding my soul with its bright
+rays of hope. I feel this will do me good, and I am very thankful for the
+opportunity. Let me be simply known as
+
+ "THE MISER."
+
+
+WILLIAM GAILARD.
+
+William Gailard was an old personal friend, and the first one who called
+my attention to the subject of Spiritualism. He had been a Swedenborgian,
+and at times had officiated as a preacher in England before he came to the
+States. At a sitting with Mrs. Green, June 2, 1882, I was pleased to
+receive the following communication from him:
+
+"My old friend, Mr. Helleberg. I know you have been waiting and wanting to
+hear from me, and I have been just as anxious to respond. Here in the
+spirit world we have order and system, and each one must bide his time.
+My time has come to speak a few words to you, and I assure you, my dear
+old friend, I seize the opportunity with pleasure I can not fully express.
+
+"I remember that the new light of spiritual truth came to me first, and I
+was the humble instrument in the hands of higher intelligences to assist
+you in obtaining it. I was a medium for exalted spirits to lead you and
+others into the light, and that for a great and noble purpose, for way
+back to that time the plans were laid for the work in which you are now
+engaged so nobly and fearlessly. You are also, my dear friend, a medium,
+for it is true that all persons whom spirits can influence, however
+unconscious it may be to themselves, are mediums in the true sense of the
+word.
+
+"You are helping others to grow and expand in spiritual knowledge, and you
+will be astonished when you come over to look back and see the work you
+have done, and to receive the plaudit, 'Well done, good and faithful
+servant.' I have been blessed beyond measure for the little I was enabled
+to do, but your reward will be greater than mine. Your opportunities were
+greater and you cheerfully yielded your energies, time, and means, to the
+work.
+
+"If Spiritualists could only realize the treasures they are laying up for
+themselves by advancing the banner of truth, and the joys in consequence
+that await them on the golden shore, they would spare no pains or means
+and omit no effort in spreading the gospel of glad tidings. Oh, how I
+would exult with joy if the New Church people would see and preach this
+beautiful and blessed truth. They will yet get their eyes open, and step
+out of their little creed-bound narrowness, and stand upon the broad and
+heavenly platform of the Lord and this spiritual truth, for they are one
+and the same. Swedenborg will speak to them from the higher life, and I
+pray they may heed him. Your old friend,
+
+ "WILLIAM GAILARD."
+
+
+WM. LLOYD GARRISON.
+
+At the sitting June 9, 1882, came the following:
+
+"For long years before the emancipation of the slaves I waged a fierce and
+bitter warfare against the institution of African slavery in the United
+States. The overthrow of that accursed institution became the absorbing
+and central idea of my soul from my early manhood. All other themes,
+questions, and subjects, I subordinated to that one dominant purpose of my
+life. When I had lived to see that institution swept out of existence,
+equal civil rights secured, and manhood suffrage conferred, irrespective
+of race, color, or previous condition of servitude, I felt a sweet
+heavenly calm rest upon my soul, accompanied by the consciousness that I
+had not lived in vain. I felt that my efforts, however feeble, had helped
+to forward to a glorious consummation that long eventful struggle, and
+that by aiding in pushing along the car of progress and freedom, the world
+had not suffered by my having lived in it. When the victory had been
+achieved I had advanced far 'into the vale of years,' and realized that my
+life forces were well nigh exhausted. They had been mainly expended in my
+life work as editor, lecturer, etc., in a warfare upon an unholy condition
+in which upward of four millions of human beings, with God-given souls,
+had been placed by sheer force and without their own consent. I saw and
+still see needed reforms that call aloud for help, willing souls, and
+ready hands. Reform in the currency, reform in the tariff, reform in the
+civil service, a complete overhauling and reconstruction of government,
+the overthrow of rum, and the enfranchisement of women. God will and is
+raising up noble souls for this noble work, and you may be assured that
+the spirit world is neither indifferent nor inactive. Spirit bands are
+forming every-where, instrumentalities are being chosen, and agencies are
+being arranged for the work. The millions of high and exalted souls of the
+higher life will, ere long, descend upon the children of earth with their
+inspiring and propelling influence, and a revolution in the realm of mind
+will be inaugurated that shall eventuate in the accomplishment of needed
+reforms. I shall be among the number with all my strength and soul.
+
+ "WM. LLOYD GARRISON."
+
+
+WILBERFORCE.
+
+July 7, 1882, at a sitting this day the following came:
+
+"The main struggle of my life was to secure the liberation of the enslaved
+in the dominions under the authority and jurisdiction of the British
+government. I lived to witness the glorious success of my labors and to
+rejoice thereat and therein. I fought human slavery; I mean that slavery
+which is recognized by law--the right of one man to own another as a
+chattel, and to either transfer that ownership to another for a pecuniary
+or other consideration, or to transmit it as an inheritance. In doing so I
+had to combat wealth, prejudice, and biblical religion, for the bible
+recognizes this right. The struggle was long, eventful, and bitter, but
+victory finally crowned the effort. The civilized world concedes now the
+justness of my cause and the value to mankind of its success. And yet you
+are now fastening upon yourselves a slavery more appalling and degrading
+than African slavery ever was, or the slavery of the heathen and strangers
+of the olden time. (See Leviticus, 25th chapter, 44, 45 and 46th verses.)
+
+"The slavery to which I refer now is the slavery of labor to capital. If I
+were back again in the body, with my present light on the subject, I would
+fight this accursed slavery more bitterly than I did that other species of
+slavery, which was bad enough, but infinitely less reprehensible than that
+which I am now discussing.
+
+"No oppression is so utterly merciless and unconscionable as that of
+capital upon labor, and no other form of oppression can be so serious and
+hurtful in its consequences. Here we behold a mighty conflict between
+capital and labor. Capital making cruel and unreasonable exactions,
+seeking to obtain labor for an almost starvation pittance, while labor,
+unequal in the struggle, seeks to wrest from its adversary a decent and
+honorable requitement for its sweat. Capital triumphs and labor suffers.
+Let me tell you to-day, sir, and I would have the capitalists hear me,
+this contest will not always continue thus. Unless a spirit of justice and
+fair dealing shall speedily characterize the treatment of the poor toilers
+by their wealthy employers a mighty crash will come, an outburst of
+indignation in revolution that will render the bloody scenes of the past
+of trivial moment in comparison. The elements are generating, the storm
+clouds are surely gathering, and at a moment when least expected they will
+burst upon the country and the world in proportions only equaled by the
+fierceness of the conflict and its bloody issues. Let those whom it
+concerns beware. I beseech them, beware in time.
+
+ "WILBERFORCE."
+
+
+TECUMSEH.
+
+On the 4th day of August, 1882, between the hours of 9 and 11 A. M., came
+the following, which can not fail to be of interest to all who feel that
+our Indian policy has been either wrong or ineffective, and that the
+Indians have not been rightly treated. The eloquent simplicity of the
+communication can not fail to be observed:
+
+"A large delegation of Indians are here and wish to be heard. We have
+concluded to let them speak. I will write what their leader says in as
+nearly his own words as possible.
+
+ "NETTIE, _the Control_."
+
+"We come to speak to palefaces at Washington. Me talk for my people--the
+redfaces in the hunting-grounds in the Far West where the sun goes down.
+Poor redfaces, nearly all gone. Paleface kill many and drive them from
+their old and much loved hunting grounds. You tell them to go on
+reservation, and the big father at Washington take good care of them. They
+go. Big chief at big city send paleface agents to give them blankets,
+ponies, guns, and bread to eat. Paleface agent start big store in wigwam
+and cheat redface, and give him fire-water to make him mad and crazy.
+When my people see how they are cheated they get mad, and put on war paint
+and kill much. Big paleface chief say to blue-coat warriors, go and kill
+redface and make them come back, and let paleface agent swindle much more.
+Now this is all wrong, and if wrong, why not make wrong right. Redface
+only handful, paleface mighty--like the leaves on trees. If redface mighty
+and paleface weak, how then you like it? You then like redface be honest
+and not cheat, and do as big preach say about golden rule. Me no like you
+give my people fire-water or guns. Me much like better if you give red
+braves horses and plows, and build school-houses for little papooses.
+Teach them how to read and make big scratch (writings) and let them learn
+other papooses. Don't cheat. Put paleface clothes on redface, especially
+redface papooses, and learn them how to build big houses and how to raise
+big much to eat and sell. Then soon redface no more like hunting ground,
+but will love paleface and paleface ways. This much better than kill.
+Great Spirit no like paleface to kill redface or redface kill paleface.
+All die soon enough anyhow. Upper hunting grounds are full of redfaced
+spirits, and they all feel bad and sorry for redface in your land. Me no
+talk much more. Me sorry--me could cry. Poor redface few--soon all be
+gone. Be good to few left, and Great Spirit and redfaced spirits love you
+much. Spirit chiefs Ouray and Black Hawk and many more are here, and all
+plead for their people in lower hunting grounds. They all feel much bad.
+Good bye, chief and squaw. Me thank much for this big scratch.
+
+ "TECUMSEH."
+
+
+AN UNKNOWN SUICIDE.
+
+August 28, 1882, the following was received, viz:
+
+"I lived in the body thirty-five years and eight months. I went out by my
+own hand into the great beyond. I was a singularly constituted man, and a
+very unfortunate one. Self-love is said to be a great ruling passion, but
+I never loved myself, and of course could not be expected to love anybody
+else. My parents were in no way assimilated and lived very unhappily
+together. They quarreled and wrangled constantly, and this embodies my
+earliest recollection when a child, and it made an impression upon me from
+the influence of which I never recovered. They seemed to hate each other,
+and I was created and grew up under the same influence of hate, and hate
+accompanied by a feeling of vengeance and revenge became a predominating
+trait of my character. My parents both belonged to church, and I have seen
+them both shout in church (they were Methodists) and go home, quarrel and
+fight for hours afterwards. Father would get drunk and mother would eat
+opium. I tell you this disgusted me with religion, and I concluded it was
+all a farce. I believed death ended all, and that religion was either a
+delusion or downright hypocrisy. Besides I had a very delicate and feeble
+physical organization which made me more morose and sullen. Melancholy
+finally seized me as a victim, and in a moment of utter despondency I blew
+out my brains and ended life in the body. But I could not get away from
+life--death I found to be but the commencement of another life, and I had
+made the great blunder and committed the foul deed of taking my life into
+my own hands. Seventy-seven years have passed since, and the terrible
+shadow of the act of suicide still hovers over me and gives me pain and
+anguish. But thank God, I begin to climb up the mount of progression--but
+the summit is still far away. Oh, people of earth, I pray you become not
+the suicide. Wait with patience until nature's laws calls thee hence.
+Remember the fate of the suicide is terrible and hard to overcome. And in
+my sad history fathers and mothers may learn an instructive and profitable
+lesson, for my father and mother have suffered more than I. Thanks for
+your goodness. Good bye.
+
+ "A SUICIDE."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XX.
+
+COMMUNICATIONS FROM THOMAS PAINE, MARGARET FULLER, AND THANKS OF SPIRITS.
+
+
+Aug. 31, 1882. The following from the spirit of Thomas Paine, on capital
+punishment, was received:
+
+"I am here to-day, sir, to say a few words in opposition to capital
+punishment. What is the argument in its favor? One citizen has taken the
+life of another citizen, and you say he has thereby forfeited his right to
+live. From whence do you get this doctrine? Does it belong to and is it a
+reflex of your boasted Christian civilization? The Mosaic law demanded an
+eye for an eye and a tooth for a tooth, but is this the doctrine of Jesus,
+the assumed founder of Christianity? If you think so, you certainly have
+not read him attentively, and it may be profitable to you in considering
+the subject to read the Sermon on the Mount, as recorded in the fifth
+chapter of Matthew, especially the thirty-eighth and thirty-ninth verses.
+
+"You coolly and with the utmost deliberation usher these imperfectly
+developed souls out of one life into another, thereby ridding yourselves
+of human monsters and fiends by sending them to be cares, pests, and
+annoyances to the people of another world. And this you call Christian
+charity, benevolence, and fair dealing. But you say they can repent before
+they are shuffled off by the hangman, and thus be saved. If this be true,
+the best service you can render all villains and evil disposed persons is
+to hang them as the surest means of saving their souls in heaven, for if
+they are permitted to live and die natural deaths the chances are that
+they will never repent, and all consequently go to hell. But this is a
+subterfuge. It is the unholy spirit of revenge that actuates you, and you
+consider not the victim's good. Certainly heaven is not yearning for these
+cutthroats and outlaws, and hell, according to orthodoxy, is already
+crowded and overpopulated. One man, either through ungovernable passion or
+malice prepense, takes the life of another. Now, he generally has some
+real or imaginary grievance, but without even this excuse your courts take
+the other life, just as if one wrong justified another. Your plea that
+protection to society demands this course is untenable. Is it true that no
+adequate protection can be afforded except by judicial murder? Would not
+the confinement of the culprit subserve the same purpose, with the
+additional humane advantage of allowing the opportunity to reform and
+become better, and best of all, to let the voice of God, through natural
+law, call him from time to eternity.
+
+"Christians can not rise up to the sublime altitude of adopting, in
+practical life, the ennobling teachings of the Nazarene including love and
+forgiveness, as long as they believe the God of their worship to be a
+vindictive and passionate being full of spleen and vengeance. To believe
+in such a God naturally inspires the effort to imitate his
+characteristics, and hence they become spiteful and vengeful, and in favor
+of taking human life on the scaffold, because a badly organized mortal in
+a fit of rage or in the pursuit of revenge for, perhaps, an imaginary
+wrong done him, slays his neighbor. The killing of one man by another is
+no worse than judicial murder, and both are relics of barbarism and a past
+heathen age, and you ought to have done with them. To-morrow, Margaret
+Fuller on prayer.
+
+ "THOMAS PAINE."
+
+
+MARGARET FULLER.
+
+Sept. 1, 1882, came the following writing from the spirit of Margaret
+Fuller:
+
+"True prayer is the yearning of the soul for something it feels the need
+of. It need not be expressed in silent words or oral declamation. Every
+aspiration is in the true sense a prayer. Every aspiration, though silent,
+has its potencies, reaches out and attracts its kindred spiritual
+affinities. If your soul-yearnings and aspirations are of a sordid and
+purely earthly nature, they affect and attract corresponding influences in
+the invisible realm of being, permeate your soul and limit it to that
+sphere. If, on the other hand, your aspirations pertain to the realm of
+the lofty and beautiful, you render yourself thereby receptive to the
+grand and ennobling influences of the pure and heavenly. If you pray for
+riches in a worldly sense you prepare the mental, moral, and spiritual
+conditions to attract the spirit misers and the selfish. If you pray for
+spiritual illumination and aspire to moral excellence, you bring to your
+sphere and aid the noble and unselfish children of the more exalted
+spiritual spheres. If you meditate a wrong deed or action you will be
+successful in drawing to your assistance those unfortunates of the spirit
+world who have not outgrown the tendencies, inclinations, and
+imperfections, of their earthly careers and conditions. Hence the very
+great importance of being mindful for what you pray. The spiritual
+influences that you attract and which thereby become associated with you,
+exert a powerful influence in directing your footsteps, molding your
+actions, and in the construction of your spiritual temple in the new life
+just before you. Would you desire the companionship of spirit paupers and
+spirit tramps, become one yourself, and you may depend on success. Would
+you prefer rather to be attended by good and noble spirit and spiritual
+influences, aspire to be good and noble yourself, and your success is
+assured. Of one thing be enlightened, your spirit attendants during your
+mortal journey will be no worse than you are yourself. It is yourself that
+prepares the conditions and not they. If your actions are upright, your
+aspirations noble, and your thoughts elevated toward the divine, you
+thereby exert a positive repellant power that no evil can overcome, and in
+such a generated atmosphere an evil influence can no more dwell than oil
+can mix with water. Bear this great law in mind, and take advantage of it
+and you are safe and all will be well. Heed it not in conduct and thought
+and it will rebound upon you with damaging effect.
+
+"Hesitate not to invite undeveloped spirits to your seances if your
+purpose be to benefit them. For such a motive on your part will draw
+around you the encircling influences of angels and the divine protecting
+love, and no harm can befall you, but much good to the poor spiritual
+wanderers in spiritual darkness. They must be lifted up, and you can be of
+great service as auxiliaries to the advanced spirits who labor for their
+redemption. By such a course you are praying such prayers as will bring
+upon you blessings from the angelic spheres
+
+ "MARGARET FULLER."
+
+
+At the same sitting came the following closing remarks by the medium's
+immediate control:
+
+"I am requested to state that with this ends the present book, and to
+express to you, Mr. Helleberg, the thanks of the spirits who have
+communicated for your attentiveness, painstaking, and honest purposes. The
+band of the medium have done all they could to assist them and from them
+have received benedictions. Besides it has been a labor of love on our
+part to be, in any sense, assistants to so many exalted spirits.
+
+"We also thank you for your gentlemanly deportment towards our medium, and
+for the earnest and honest interest you take in her welfare. I speak for
+the entire band.
+
+ "NETTIE, _the Control_."
+
+
+
+
+[APPENDIX.]
+
+CHAPTER XXI.
+
+MRS. GREEN'S MEDIAL HISTORY.
+
+
+The following is a partial history of the development and mediumistic
+experiences of Mrs. Lizzie S. Green, the medium chosen by the spirits in
+transmitting the matter contained in this volume:
+
+She was born in Jefferson county, Kentucky, on the second day of December,
+1844, and consequently at this writing is in her thirty-eighth year.
+
+The following narrative of her mediumship was written by her husband,
+dictated by herself, and when written out was pronounced by her to be
+correct, and she adopts it her own. It is believed that this briefly
+recited history can not fail to be interesting to the general reader,
+since it contains matter and experiences not only absorbingly interesting
+but truly wonderful, and evidences the existence of a power that all
+thoughtful and candid persons will agree is worthy of investigation.
+
+Those who have enjoyed Mrs. Green's acquaintance socially for years
+invariably speak of her as a truly honest woman, faithful wife, loving
+mother, steadfast friend, in intellectual capacity far above and beyond
+her educational advantages, and as possessed of many other sterling
+qualities of heart. Those who have come in contact with her in the
+exercise of her medial gifts can not fail to have been impressed with
+her frankness, simplicity of character, and the unquestionable honesty of
+her nature.
+
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+This tribute to her integrity and moral worth is given because well
+merited, and by one who not desiring notoriety and fame wishes simply to
+be known as
+
+ A FRIEND.
+
+
+NARRATIVE OF HER MEDIUMSHIP.
+
+"My conscious mediumship began in the fall of 1868. It commenced by the
+opening of my spiritual vision, enabling me to see spirits, scenes,
+landscapes, etc., in their spirit world. When in the proper state or
+condition of passivity I have been permitted to behold innumerable throngs
+of spirits, and at times to hear their voices. The phase of clairaudience
+added to my clairvoyance I prized highly, and sorely regret that shortly
+afterwards a fit of sickness deprived me of the gift of hearing spirit
+voices, and for a time seriously retarded my other mediumistic
+development. I am happy to be able to state, however, that with my gradual
+restoration to health my clairvoyant perceptions began to increase in
+power and beauty, and now the voices of the arisen dear ones again greet
+my anxious and ever attentive ears.
+
+"I desire to state in this connection that in all my intercourse with
+spirits they have never deceived me in a single isolated instance. They
+have always been truthful and straightforward in their statements and
+dealings with me.
+
+"In the earlier stages of my mediumship and still sometimes I was
+frequently controlled to personate the peculiar and characteristic
+idiosyncracies of spirits during earth life, and to delineate their
+sickness and death. Sometimes I would be rendered entirely unconscious and
+at other times only partially so. I shall never forget one memorable
+occasion of complete unconsciousness and the occurrence during it as
+related subsequently by eye witnesses. An old lady was present in the
+circle who I had never met before, and of whose history I had no means of
+obtaining the slightest knowledge. At the time I was wholly ignorant as to
+whether she had ever been a mother or the maternal head of a family, until
+I saw and described minutely a spirit standing by her side, who she
+readily recognized as her deceased son. 'What was the cause of his death?'
+she eagerly inquired. Almost instantly my consciousness was suspended,
+preceded by a violent tremulous motion all over my frame. I fell to the
+floor in a violent fit, and so terrible was it, and so true to nature in
+all its terrible details that no little alarm was manifested by the
+various members of the circle. It thoroughly demoralized and threw them
+into consternation. I need only add that old Mother Thompson (for that was
+her name) has never since doubted the return of the spirit of her son
+George, for the poor man had not only suffered a quarter of a century from
+that appalling affliction, epileptic fits, but actually died in one. I
+soon recovered my normal condition and received the apology from the
+spirit for having used me so roughly, stating that his extreme anxiety to
+convince his beloved mother of his presence induced him to disregard
+delicacy and to overcome all obstacles in the way of the accomplishment of
+his purpose.
+
+"A little girl came to me on a certain occasion and said to me, 'Please go
+and see my mother and tell her I am not dead.' 'Where does your mother
+live?' I inquired. After giving me the necessary directions where and how
+to find her, I said: 'But your mother is a stranger to me, and perhaps if
+I go to her on an errand of that kind she will drive me from her door.'
+'No she won't,' interposed the little pleader, 'she will be glad to learn
+that I am not under the cold ground but alive.' I marshaled the courage to
+go, yet I greatly feared the result. I was met at the door by the one I
+desired to see, and without giving sufficient time to explain the object
+of my call, I was cordially welcomed indoors. After being seated, and
+after the usual courtesies had passed, I opened the subject by saying,
+'You have a little girl that has gone to the other world?' 'Yes,' said
+she, falling into tears, 'she was a dear, darling child, and I have had no
+rest since she left me. She was the idol of my heart, and it seems that I
+can never become reconciled to her death. Really, at times, I can scarcely
+realize that she is dead.' Here a pause ensued, and her grief was so
+intense that the waters of sympathetic sorrow involuntarily flowed down my
+own cheeks. Rallying, however, as quickly as I could, I said: 'My good
+woman, your Mary is not dead. She stands there by your side and wants me
+to say to you, 'Mother, I am not dead; do not weep for me, for I am still
+with you.' 'How! What does this mean?' exclaimed the mother in apparent
+bewilderment, 'I saw her poor little precious body consigned to the cold
+and cheerless grave.' 'Yes,' I interrupted, 'but her spirit--the immortal
+and only valuable part of herself--was not buried beneath the ground.
+Hold, she wishes me to describe her, and further, to prove her identity.
+She is a bright, blue-eyed girl of eleven or twelve summers, light auburn
+hair naturally inclined to curl, and falls in beautiful ringlets around
+her neck, forehead of the Grecian mold, face even and rounded, with a mark
+resembling a raspberry under her right eye, and she died from scarlatina.'
+'Why, did you know Mary when she was living?' was immediately asked. I
+assured her I did not. 'Does the description fit her?' I inquired.
+'Perfectly,' was the reply; 'who told you about her,' she added. I
+answered: 'My good woman, believe me, until to-day I did not know you were
+in existence. The facts I have stated to you I obtained from your Mary
+without the slightest knowledge of either your or her history.' After
+further conversation on the subject, and after describing other spirits,
+whom she readily recognized, the interview terminated, with a pressing
+invitation to return, and the assurances that she had derived from my
+visit inexpressible joy and happiness. In a few days thereafter I was
+unexpectedly called away from St. Louis and have never returned. Letters
+from friends who were cognizant of the circumstance as related by herself,
+inform me that Mrs. Collins is happy in the knowledge of spiritualism, has
+become reconciled to the temporary absence as to physical form of her
+child, and sends me her benedictions.
+
+"In 1869 while holding a circle at Aurora, Ind., composed of a few
+intimate friends and neighbors, a gentleman--a stranger to all of
+us--applied for admission, stating that he had been left by the east bound
+train, and not being able to resume his journey until the following
+morning, and hearing of my mediumship, he desired, if agreeable, to have a
+sitting, or be allowed to join the circle for that occasion. My husband
+cordially assented. Our stranger friend had been seated but a short time
+when I saw a spirit forming by his side. I watched the process, and to my
+utter astonishment, which I at once made known, the spirit had a rope
+around his neck and presented a frightful appearance. I observed, 'I see a
+spirit with a rope around his neck, with tongue protruding,' etc.
+'Describe him, madam, if you please,' spoke the stranger. I did so; the
+spirit for the purpose changing his appearance to that of his natural
+condition. The stranger became very much excited, arose, seized his hat,
+and nervously remarked, 'This is a great test to me. Several years ago I
+was sheriff of an interior county in Indiana, and that man, Jim Roberts,
+was sentenced to be hanged for the murder of his father-in-law, and I am
+the one who executed the sentence of the court.' When in the act of taking
+his departure, he suddenly turned around, and plaintively inquired: 'Has
+Jim got any thing against me? I only did my duty as an officer of the
+law.' On being assured that no ill feeling was entertained by the spirit
+against him, but that he appeared as he did more for the purpose of a test
+than any thing else, he took his departure. I have never seen him since.
+He gave me, however, considerable notoriety in the community by relating
+his wonderful experience with a spiritual medium, and advised every one to
+shun mediums unless they were prepared and willing to have every thing
+connected with their past lives revealed and made known. Perhaps this
+abused spiritualism may yet become the instrumentality of compelling
+people to walk uprightly in their dealings with their fellowmen.
+
+"These are a few among hundreds of such instances that I might relate, but
+the space allotted will not permit. I wish now briefly to refer to another
+phase of my mediumship. At various intervals I have had prophetic warning,
+and prophetic revelations have also been given me. I have also had what
+might be appropriately termed panoramic visions of past events of those
+both in and out of the body, and of events to transpire in the future of
+earth life. These visions, especially those prognostic of the future, have
+been truly wonderful. It is an oft quoted saying that 'coming events cast
+their shadows before,' and there remains no doubt in my mind but what
+spirits--whether all, I am not prepared to say--can sufficiently forecast
+the future as to reveal events and actions concealed from mortal
+discernment in the bosom of coming time. Let me mention a few instances in
+my own experience as evidence of the existence of this power.
+
+"In 1869, myself and husband were holding a seance alone, at Aurora, Ind.
+We were living in the lower part of the city, near the river bank. Aurora
+is situated on the banks of the Ohio river, twenty-five miles below
+Cincinnati, Ohio. A little above the center of the city fronting the river
+a small stream, called Hogan creek, empties into the Ohio. Three or four
+hundred yards above the junction of the two streams and on the banks of
+the aforementioned creek, is located the mammoth distillery, owned by
+Messrs. T. & J. W. Gaff & Co. It has been consumed three times by fire and
+as often rebuilt. At the time of which I am speaking, we put blankets up
+to the windows in the room to be used for our dark circle, and by this
+means effectually excluded all external light. After extinguishing our
+lamp light, we sat patiently, awaiting manifestations. In the course of a
+half hour I saw and said, 'I see a large brick building on fire. The light
+from its ascending flames is flooding the river in front of the city.
+There, I see a poor man burning up in the fire. I see its majestic walls
+crumbling to pieces and falling into a huge mass of ruins.' At this
+juncture, we heard out doors the cry of fire! fire! and soon the bells of
+the quiet little city began to announce to its citizens that the insatiate
+fire-fiend was engaged in his terrible work of devastation and ruin. We
+hastened to the door only to behold, true to the vision previously given,
+the bosom of the river as brilliantly lighted up as though illuminated by
+the rays of the sun at his meridian height. T. & J. W. Gaff & Co.'s
+distillery was on fire and burned to ruins, and another concomitant of the
+vision was too sadly verified--a man was literally burned to ashes.
+
+"Soon after this occurrence, a very dear lady friend called to see me. She
+contemplated a trip to Indianapolis, and intended to start on the morrow
+train. I said to her, 'Do not start to-morrow. Defer it until the
+succeeding day. I see an accident on the road, and I see written in the
+air these words, "Within twenty-four hours." I prevailed on her to
+postpone the trip in accordance with the warning of the vision. She had no
+occasion to regret it for the train on which she intended to be a
+passenger jumped the track before it reached its destination, and while no
+one was very seriously injured, yet it might have been otherwise had my
+friend been on board. She might not have escaped so luckily.
+
+"The shocking casualty of the collision between the United States mail
+steamers America and the United States, on the Ohio river, between
+Cincinnati and Louisville, will be well remembered, especially by the
+people along the line of that route. The night of the painful occurrence I
+was a member of a circle held at the residence of Mr. Lewis Shirley, of
+Jeffersonville, Ind. I saw the collision, the boats on fire, etc., at an
+hour antedating by several hours the time when the unfortunate event
+transpired. So thoroughly was I convinced that the verification of the
+vision was close at hand that I prevailed on a son of Mr. Shirley to meet
+the carrier-boy at the ferry landing early the following morning to
+procure a copy of a Louisville daily paper. When the boy returned with the
+paper I was not surprised to find in its columns an account of the
+disaster, which I had plainly and vividly seen a number of hours prior to
+its actual occurrence.
+
+"On another occasion I saw a fire raging. I saw it was a two-story brick
+house. I saw men rolling barrels out of the burning structure, and from
+the rapidity of their movements and the ease and facility with which the
+barrels seemed to be handled and propelled along, I concluded they were
+empty and so expressed myself. My husband inquired, 'Where is the fire
+at?' I placed myself in as passive a state as possible, but could get no
+answer. The questions were then asked: 'Is it Louisville?' 'No.' 'Is it
+Jeffersonville?' 'No.' 'New Albany?' 'No.' 'Indianapolis?' 'Yes.' These
+answers respectively I saw written in the air or what appeared so to me.
+On that night, as we learned by the papers subsequently, a large barrel
+factory at Indianapolis was destroyed by fire.
+
+"I will now relate one of a more startling nature and of more recent
+occurrence. The ill-fated steamer Pat Rogers was at the time of her
+destruction in the mail line service, and plied between Cincinnati, Ohio,
+and Louisville, Kentucky. She left port Louisville for Cincinnati at 2 P.
+M. At 4 o'clock, same afternoon, and two hours after her departure from
+Louisville, and nine or ten hours before the terrible casualty, I saw
+written in the air, 'Steamboat disaster to-night.' My husband remarked:
+'See if you can not get the name of the boat.' Presently I saw plainly the
+name PAT ROGERS, which was immediately followed by presenting the whole
+vision, the conflagration, and passengers struggling for life amid the
+angry and turbulent waves.
+
+"I might narrate many more instances of this kind that belong to my
+individual experience, and volumes might be written if similar experiences
+of others should be included.
+
+"I come now to speak of my present powers and their development. When my
+husband had entered upon his second term as Mayor of the city of Aurora,
+he built us a home in a high altitude on a hillside overlooking the
+beautiful city in the valley below. Here in the purer atmosphere with
+quiet surroundings were my present powers brought forth by a noble and
+trusty band of spirits whom I shall never cease to love for their fidelity
+to me and to truth, and for their ability and unceasing and intelligent
+efforts to advance the great and blessed cause of spiritualism. My dear
+spirit sister, Alice Vernette Winesburgh _nee_ Shirley, who, in her day,
+was a marvelous physical medium, has been and still is the active
+controlling spirit of my band, with others great and good, who sustain and
+aid her. She always signs her name simply NETTIE, by which she was called
+and known in earth life. She has clung to me with the true devotion of a
+sister, and has sustained herself in the position assigned her by the band
+with signal fidelity and ability. I shall speak more of this band toward
+the close.
+
+"In obedience to the request of the spirits we formed a circle for
+development, and found two gentlemen and their wives who were sufficiently
+liberal, and who had natural tendencies toward a belief in spiritualism.
+They agreed and we met twice each week, and it was not long before we
+discovered that power for physical manifestations was being developed. We
+sat in the dark around an ordinary plain stand, on which was placed a
+slate and pencil, a small bell, and a paper horn. We also would place on
+it a goblet filled with water. The manifestations began by the stand
+moving around and tipping. This phenomenon soon occurred in the light, and
+by means of it we at first were directed and instructed, using the
+alphabet in spelling out words. We met regularly and sat patiently. For a
+few months the development was slow but surely indicated progress, and the
+invisible operators continually exhorted us to patience, promising certain
+results from time to time, which they invariably performed. They stated to
+us what may not be generally known, namely, that all developments with a
+view to permanence are slow, advancing cautiously, step by step, leaving
+nothing neglected or uncared for. Besides the health and well being of the
+medium should be carefully guarded and too oft by hurrying forward the
+development ruinous consequences resulted to the instrument and the
+success of the mediumship. We soon noted the fact that we were in the
+hands of careful, prudent, and able spirits, and we therefore implicitly
+obeyed their directions, and have never since had any occasion to regret
+it. Finally the bell began to ring, and the various members of the circle
+were touched by materialized spirit hands. Also, names and words were
+written on the slate and occasionally materialized locks of hair would be
+found on the stand upon closing the seance, which, in a few hours, would
+wholly dematerialize. This indicated materialization of spirit forms and
+was so announced to us. The next step was whispering to us through the
+paper trumpet, and by that means they were now enabled to give directions.
+After the lapse of about twelve months we were directed to procure a
+curtain for materialization, which we accordingly did, but before this the
+manifestations in the dark had become simply remarkable, not to say
+extraordinary. On putting up the curtain and taking my position behind it,
+several sittings passed without any appreciable result, until finally
+faces were discovered protruding from behind and above the curtain, two or
+three at a time, and after this it was not long until full form
+materializations were obtained. Upon the expiration of my husband's term
+of office, the band insisted that we should move to Cincinnati, if only
+for a year, assigning as the important reason, that they would be enabled
+there to collect and appropriate new elements necessary in the completion
+of the development. We had by this time learned that the wisest thing was
+to obey, and consequently in July, 1881, we moved to the Queen City. Soon
+after we got there the band concluded to abandon for the time being any
+further attempt to perfect the phase of materialization and demanded a tin
+trumpet, which was made according to their directions. In length,
+thirty-eight inches; at large end, four and one-half inches in diameter,
+and at the small opening one-half inch; and we commenced holding trumpet
+seances with amazing and astonishing results. Hundreds of the best
+citizens of Cincinnati can testify to the wonders of the trumpet circle in
+my presence. One seance written up by Judge A. G. W. Carter, of
+Cincinnati, I here insert as illustrating partially only the magnitude of
+this power. It appeared in that excellent paper, _Mind and Matter_, of
+Philadelphia:
+
+"My wife and myself, by invitation, were present on Thursday night,
+January 26th, at a seance given to a select circle of ladies and gentlemen
+by Mr. and Mrs. Green, at No. 309 Longworth street, this city, where Mrs.
+Green daily and nightly sits, giving private seances through her
+mediumship to any person or persons who desire to converse with the
+spirits, or see manifestations, and learn about the spirit world. There
+were about twelve persons, ladies and gentlemen, present, and being seated
+according to the direction of the spirits, a dark circle for spirit
+manifestations was held, and with extraordinary success. There was a large
+trumpet or horn standing beside the table, and a small music box and a
+guitar and a tambourine on the table.
+
+"It was not long before the music box began its music, as well as the
+guitar and tambourine, and they all floated through the air, around the
+circle, and above our heads, and sometimes touching each one of the
+circle, as they were giving forth their music. Singing was indulged in by
+the members of the circle, and during the songs, the long horn or trumpet
+moved from its place, and went about the circle, through the air; and
+through it, or inside of it, different spirits accompanied the singing
+with their voices; sometimes so loudly as to take the full burden of the
+songs upon themselves. Then, when there was a cessation of singing, by
+means of the trumpet the spirits would freely converse with us--some in
+whispers, and others in sonorous voices, so that the whole company could
+readily hear and easily distinguish what was said.
+
+"At one time one of the company, a Swede, Mr. Helleberg, sang a Swedish
+song, accompanying himself on the guitar; and in singing and playing this
+song in his native and, to us, foreign language, he was accompanied by a
+loud female voice, singing in his language, through this same horn. Mr.
+Helleberg then sang a Swedish love song, and was again, in perfect soprano
+harmony, accompanied by the female spirit voice.
+
+"These demonstrations I thought were most remarkable, as I had never seen
+nor heard the like before, and they fairly attested the great mediumistic
+ability of Mrs. Green. At this time, and indeed during the whole seance,
+Mrs. Green was in a profound trance at the table, and kept so by a rough
+and gruff Indian spirit, who called himself 'Chip,' and occasionally spoke
+to us in a rough and gruff way about his 'medy,' and the power he had to
+invoke and exercise in keeping her in the profound trance condition. Ever
+and anon, also, a smart, witty and talkative Indian maiden, who called
+herself 'Winnie,' by the permission and condescension of 'Chip,' would
+take possession of the medium, and talk most freely and interestingly to
+each and all of the members of the circle.
+
+"And, by the way, I must relate this peculiar and remarkable fact, the
+only time of its occurrence in all my long experience with the spirits.
+There was in the circle another trance medium, Mrs. Taylor, who was put
+into the trance condition very easily and readily. Well, this spirit
+'Winnie' would exchange from Mrs. Green to Mrs. Taylor every once in a
+while, talking through each medium with equal facility, and to the great
+delight and edification of the members of the circle. This was indeed
+something remarkable, and I ventured to inquire of the spirit 'Winnie' if
+this was a common occurrence. She replied, through one of the mediums,
+that it was so uncommon that she never knew of it occurring at a circle
+sitting before; that spirits always had their own medium, and it was very
+seldom that they would or could talk through more than one chosen medium,
+and especially at the same sitting of a circle, as was the case with us.
+
+"To narrate all that occurred at this remarkable seance would fill many
+printed columns. Sufficient for the present to say, that we had all sorts
+of manifestations from the spirits through the gifted medium, Mrs. Green,
+for the long period of three full hours, and yet the medium or the spirits
+were not at all exhausted, and apparently not even fatigued. The
+manifestations, it seems to me, were quite equal to any I ever witnessed
+from Maud Lord, or any of the best mediums, and convinced me beyond all
+manner of doubt, that the gifted Mrs. Lizzie S. Green is destined to take
+a prominent and important stand in the glorious domain of mediumship.
+Angels bless and take care of her in all her ways.
+
+ "A. G. W. C."
+
+
+"In the meantime, the independent slate writing progressed wonderfully,
+and now constitutes one of my best and most highly cherished phases. They
+write now with the utmost facility with their own materialized hands, and,
+strange as it may seem, they have actually written without the presence of
+any visible pencil at all. They have written long messages on the inner
+surfaces of double slates, the parties holding on to them at the time the
+messages were being written. They have done this for me in the presence of
+C. G. Helleberg, John Winterburn and William Layton, and others, honorable
+people of Cincinnati, who will take great pleasure in certifying to the
+same. I do not refer to these truly marvelous things in a spirit of
+egotism or self-boasting, for I am entitled to no credit except in so far
+as I may have, by prudent conduct, honest living and carefulness, assisted
+in securing the proper conditions for the invisible intelligences--I mean
+invisible to mortal eyes only. While I naturally feel proud of these noble
+gifts, I have learned to be humble with them, as my spirit guides have so
+often admonished me to be. And I feel like using them for the benefit of
+humanity and the upbuilding of truth.
+
+"My clairvoyance was an early and permanent development and still remains
+with me, the other development not seeming to materially interfere with
+it.
+
+"I have had with me for many years two Indian spirits, from whose
+association I have derived great pleasure; and I have ever found them
+true, faithful and honest. The male Indian has never given me his full and
+proper name, telling me that it was ugly. He was of the Chippewa tribe,
+and has always been known as 'Chip.' Chip abhors fire-water and tobacco,
+and every thing immoral, and in very many respects widely differs from the
+leading characteristics of his people. The Indian maiden, whom we call
+WINNIE, came to me in 1868, and gave her name as Winniepesaga, and said
+while quite young she was drowned in a stream of water in the Far West.
+She is sprightly, quite talkative, exceedingly smart and interesting in
+conversation. Naturally gifted with clairvoyant powers and prophetic
+abilities, she has given very many remarkable tests, and by reason of her
+equability of temper, general good disposition and real cleverness in
+colloquial gifts, she is generally well liked by all who have come in
+contact with her spirit ministrations. She has controlled me for years,
+does yet, and her influence is sweet, soothing and strengthening. Captain
+Oliver C. Curry died at Jeffersonville, Ind., in 1874, and was a lawyer by
+profession, and was for a long time city attorney of that city. He was a
+cousin of mine, and has belonged to the band for two years, and has been
+exceedingly active, especially in the trumpet seances. By his suavity,
+intelligence and witty sayings, he has made himself quite a favorite with
+many. Assisting in the development, I have had with me several spirits
+familiar with the laws of science, including a distinguished French
+scientist, our own Franklin and Professor Mapes. They seem to have only
+been engaged with the band temporarily in aiding the advancement of the
+development. They have my sincere thanks and profound gratitude. I come
+now to speak of another spirit, although of an humble name, yet a grand
+and highly progressed one, who has been my leading counsellor, adviser and
+friend. In 1868, I laid away the lifeless form of a dear little boy, and
+in my unutterable grief this noble spirit first appeared to me and gave me
+words of consolation. He has been with me ever since. He passed out of the
+form in the State of Georgia at the early age of thirty-three and had been
+at the time he came to me upwards of fifty years in spirit life. He always
+inspires me as being the very embodiment of purity itself, and his whole
+ambition seems to be to do good. This spirit also possesses wonderful
+prophetic power, and communicates with me only in case of an exigency,
+when I am in trouble, or otherwise need the sustaining and guiding power
+of the angel world. He gives me his name as HENRY TEANEY, and no Christian
+ever worshiped the gentle Nazarene with more devotion than I do my friend
+and guide, Henry Teaney. He is pure, noble and godlike, loves the right,
+hates the wrong, and never condescends to any thing little, hateful, or
+mean.
+
+"Here I close after again returning thanks from the inmost recesses of my
+heart to my honored and noble band of spirits engaged with and through me
+in the great work of advancing the kingdom of God in the dissemination of
+truths vouchsafed to the children of earth through spirit communion."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXII.
+
+A VISIT TO SPLIT ROCK, KENTUCKY--CHRISTMAS GREETINGS FROM IDA TO HER
+PARENTS--ANNIE WINTERBURN TO HER BROTHER JOHN WINTERBURN, AND HIS
+TESTIMONY AND HER FAREWELL TO THE MEDIUM, MRS. GREEN.
+
+
+Mrs. Green's home proper, is at Aurora, Dearborn county, Indiana. Aurora
+is a beautiful and enterprising little city of five or six thousand
+inhabitants, and is located on the western bank of the Ohio river,
+twenty-five miles or thereabouts below Cincinnati, Ohio. It can be reached
+from Cincinnati in less than an hour's ride over the Ohio and Mississippi
+railroad, which passes through it. While her husband pursues the legal
+profession at Aurora, Mrs. G., in obedience to the wishes of her spirit
+guides and attendants, devotes her time and medial gifts at Cincinnati
+from Monday until Saturday of each week, returning to her companion and
+daughter each Saturday, and remaining with them over the Sabbath. This
+statement is deemed proper in view of and as prefatory to what I am about
+to relate as occurring recently, and which can not fail to be estimated as
+a truly remarkable spirit manifestation.
+
+By the invitation of Mr. Green, Mr. Edwin Stebbins, of Cincinnati, and
+myself accompanied Mrs. Green to her home at Aurora on Saturday, August
+the 5th, for the purpose of joining a small party of excursionists on the
+day following to the celebrated Split Rock, some three miles down the
+river from Aurora, on the Kentucky side of the Ohio. Our host had
+chartered a small propeller steamboat known as the Wave, which we boarded
+early Sunday morning (the 6th), and it required less than a half hour to
+land us at our destination. Our party consisted of our host and hostess
+and their daughter, Cora B. Green; Mr. B. F. Vandegrift, his wife, three
+daughters and son; James W. Shirley, wife, and two small children.
+
+During the afternoon we were threatened with a rain-storm, and our party
+divided, some going into the caves for shelter, others repaired to a
+farm-house near by. The rain passed around us, after which a party of five
+in number, namely, Mr. and Mrs. Green, Mr. and Mrs. Vandegrift, and
+myself, reassembled on the summit of the elevation overlooking the Split
+Rock. It was suggested by me that we have a spirit seance, but we had no
+stand, slate or pencil. The novelty of a spirit seance on that noted spot
+was sufficiently suggestive and interesting to induce us to improvise a
+seat for the medium, which consisted of a couple of stakes driven into the
+ground and a fence rail placed on them. I took out my annotation book and
+with lead pencil placed it on Mrs. G.'s lap, and she threw over them a
+rubber circular, making the necessary condition of darkness. We formed a
+semi-circle in front of the medium thus seated, and sang the "Sweet Bye
+and Bye," and "Nearer My God to Thee." In a few moments the covering over
+the writing material was raised up and down three times, indicating
+thereby that the writing had been accomplished. In this way we received in
+rapid succession three communications, which I hereby transcribe and
+number them in the order of their production.
+
+
+_Number One._
+
+"Good afternoon. Nice picnic. Many spirits with you, including Madam
+Ehrenborg and Swedenborg. Nettie, Emil, and Ida send much love to Mr.
+Helleberg and Mr. Stebbins."
+
+
+_Number Two._
+
+"Mr. and Mrs. Vandegrift's friends send their greetings from summer land.
+Also, Mr. Green's friends and relatives. All happy to be with you."
+
+
+_Number Three._
+
+"God bless you all, and hope we may all meet on this spot again. Good bye.
+
+ "NETTIE AND CURRY."
+
+
+We were not only delighted but enthusiastic over the success of our
+enterprise. Here on this spot, both romantic and famous in history, with
+illy-provided conditions, we had communed with the loved ones from the
+land of immortal souls.
+
+As the spirit daughter of Mr. and Mrs. Stebbins, of Cincinnati, Ohio, is
+mentioned as belonging to the party of tourists that visited the planet
+Mars, and as communicating with others at Split Rock, Kentucky, and for
+other good reasons, I have deemed it not inappropriate to incorporate
+herein a letter of Mr. Stebbins to the _Spiritual Offering_, a paper
+recently established at Ottumwa, Iowa, and which is ably conducted and
+devoted to the advancement of spiritualism.
+
+
+[For the "Spiritual Offering."]
+
+INDEPENDENT SLATE WRITING,
+
+BY
+
+EDWIN STEBBINS.
+
+On Christmas evening myself and wife secured an independent slate-writing
+sitting with Mrs. Lizzie S. Green, at 309 Longworth street, Cincinnati,
+Ohio, and we received the following communication from our dear spirit
+daughter, viz:
+
+"Merry, merry Christmas to you all! I do not know of a better Christmas
+gift than to give you a spirit communication on this memorable day. I am
+so happy and excited I can not write good. Oh, I have a beautiful home and
+am advancing in music all the time. I have a beautiful library of books. I
+am a teacher, and have a nice little class. We do not have as many
+scholars here in the spirit world as you do. We can not teach every one
+like we did here. We have to be attracted to each other magnetically.
+Therefore our work is not in vain, for by this method spiritual growth
+must ensue. We work in harmony together, and nothing occurs to retard our
+progress in learning. You would be surprised, and I rather think you are
+now, even at my style of composition. If you could see me as I am here,
+and hear me talk, you would see how fast I have progressed. Oh, how happy
+I am in my spirit home, but my heaven is not there. It is with my dear pa
+and ma, but duty calls and I must obey. I have been made extremely happy
+by your obedience to my will and all will be well. Henney says this is
+quite new to him, but when he saw you and me at his funeral his happiness
+was beyond expression. When you laid away my form of clay you did not
+think to see me here to talk and write to my loved ones dear.
+
+ "When you're sad and sometimes cry,
+ Remember your Ida, dear, is nigh,
+ To bless and comfort you while here,
+ And guide you to a brighter sphere.
+
+"And when the time comes for you to go we will meet you with our golden
+boat, and row you safely over the beautiful river to our home that I have
+helped prepare for you. Now, thanking Mrs. Green for her kindness to you
+and Ida, I bid you good night. All the relatives are here, and send you
+their Christmas greetings.
+
+ "Good night, good night, to all that's here,
+ I leave and go to a brighter sphere.
+
+Wishing you all success in the new year, dear pa and ma, ever hold sacred
+the Christmas gift I present you to-day. Good night, Mr. Green, wife and
+daughter. Good night, my dear pa and ma. This indeed is the happiest
+Christmas I have spent since I left my earthly home. I must leave, but it
+is hard. Your loving daughter,
+
+ "IDA."
+
+"My daughter passed away on the 18th day of December, 1875, at the age of
+seventeen, and she was an only child. The above message from her possesses
+peculiar value to me, for therein are a number of valuable tests and
+evidences of her identity. My belief in the return of the spirits of the
+departed is of brief duration in point of time antecedent, and was mainly
+brought about, through the mediumship of Mrs. Green. I can not express the
+real happiness I enjoy since I have been the recipient of this new light
+divine and I can only say, 'God speed the good work.'
+
+"Cincinnati, Ohio."
+
+
+ANNIE WINTERBURN.
+
+"_Dear Brother_: Oh, how happy I am to-day to be able to write you on the
+inner surface of a double slate with your own precious hands holding it
+with the medium. You did not need this as a test, for your mind is clear
+and your heart is in the cause, but we give it to you because others have
+been thus favored, and we have resolved that you shall not be neglected
+when the good things pertaining to spirit intercourse are being given to
+others. Oh, John, you do give us so much real happiness by your noble and
+upright conduct, and by the opportunities you give us to hold sweet
+communion with you. Thus our lives become interblended, and the happiness
+of all increased. Spirits do derive great benefit from mortals, and to
+that extent are dependent on them. When a child dies in the tender years
+of infancy unschooled in the multifarious concernments of mortal life, it
+is brought back into contact with human affairs that it may learn those
+experiences of earth which were denied it by its early and untimely
+departure from the form. In all the pursuits of your life each individual
+is constantly attended by spirits interested in the same, and in these and
+many other ways are spirits aided in their progress and happiness.
+Whenever and by whomsoever you are told differently heed it not, but rely
+on what I have stated. We are interested in your proper instruction, and
+we will not lead you astray or into error. All those near and dear to you
+are here, and bid me to send you their love greetings. They pray without
+ceasing that you may be kept steady and firm in your high resolves and
+noble purposes until the end, when you shall rejoice in the anthem of
+victory. Hold up your head, dear and precious brother; be brave and
+resolute in the hour of temptation. Do no harm, but all the good you can
+in the world. And when the blessed angel called Death shall beckon you
+away from the labors and vicissitudes of mortal life to the sunlit
+evergreen shores of the summer land, be assured that among the hosts of
+others who will meet and welcome you with happy and rejoicing hearts you
+will see and be enfolded lovingly in the arms of your loving sister,
+
+ "ANNIE."
+
+"I, John Winterburn, resident of Cincinnati, Ohio, do hereby certify that
+the above and foregoing communication from my spirit sister came in the
+manner, to wit: I examined a double slate, and found it clean and without
+any writing whatever upon it. A small piece of slate pencil not larger
+than a grain of wheat was placed upon it and the slate closed. I then held
+on to one side of the slate, holding it tight together as folded, and the
+medium, Mrs. Green, held on to the other side. Soon we heard writing, and
+in the course of fifteen minutes the signal was given indicating that the
+writing was completed, whereupon the slate was opened, and on both sides
+of the inner surfaces was found, neatly written, the above communication.
+The t's were crossed, and the i's were dotted. I know, as well as I am
+capable of knowing any fact requiring the exercise of my senses in their
+normal state, that the communication was written by invisible power, and
+I firmly believe it comes from the source it purports to come, namely: my
+dear sister, now in spirit life. The seance was in broad daylight, and
+under circumstances that precluded fraud or deception on the part of the
+medium or any one else in the body.
+
+ "JOHN WINTERBURN, 185 Longworth street."
+
+"This same Mr. Winterburn has had regularly one sitting a week with Mrs.
+Green for seven or eight months, and among other spirit relatives and
+friends who were active in communicating with him was his spirit sister
+Annie. She seems to possess considerable poetic ability, and occasionally
+wrote poetry to her brother. Recently Mr. Winterburn visited his mother
+country, England, and the last sitting with Mrs. G. before his departure,
+his sister Annie addressed the medium in the following feeling stanzas,
+which Mr. Winterburn copied as they came on the slate, viz:
+
+ "Dear medium friend, both good and true,
+ 'Tis hard that we must part from you,
+ And though we cross the surging main,
+ We will return to you again.
+
+ "Returning with our spirits' love and power
+ From British isle or sunlit bower,
+ Our fond hearts' loving blessings to impart
+ To comfort and cheer your noble heart.
+
+ "Dear brother's heart you have made glad,
+ Dispersing sorrow and conditions sad;
+ And where'er we roam, on land or sea,
+ Our hearts shall turn in love to thee.
+
+ "Farewell, dear medium friend, farewell,
+ To thee our gratitude we ne'er can tell,
+ We can only say heart's full of love,
+ We'll meet you on the shores above.
+
+ "And there, in that bright land of joy,
+ Where mingles naught of earth's alloy,
+ We'll lead thy steps with blessings rare
+ To our homes above our joys to share.
+
+ "Angels of light, refulgent bright,
+ Be with you when you take you flight
+ From scenes of strife and sorrows here
+ To a just reward in a higher sphere.
+
+ "Farewell, farewell, alas! farewell,
+ The parting is like a funereal knell;
+ But when you climb the golden stair,
+ Your true friend, Annie, will meet you there."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIII.
+
+A SPIRIT PEELS A BANANA, AND EATS SOME OF IT, AND DIVIDES THE REST IN FOUR
+EQUAL PARTS--REPORTS OF CINCINNATI ENQUIRER ABOUT SPIRIT SEANCES AT MRS.
+GREEN'S.
+
+
+I desire to speak of a recent manifestation, which baffles my ability to
+understand, and proves that spirits by some chemical process are enabled
+to operate upon material substances and cause them to vanish. I only give
+one instance, and leave the reader to his own reflections and to adopt his
+own theory. I shall simply give the fact as it occurred.
+
+I have a little grand daughter, Julia Muth, in the spirit world. When in
+the form she was partially fond of bananas. On the occasion of the recent
+anniversary of her eighth birthday, the 13th of July, 1882, I went to Mrs.
+Green for a seance, taking with me a large banana. These slate-writing
+seances, as has been heretofore explained, take place in the full light. I
+sat, as usual, opposite to Mrs. Green, with the small stand between us. I
+placed the fruit on a slate, with a short letter of greeting, and put it
+under the covering of the stand, while Mrs. Green held another slate of
+her own. The spirits, after writing on Mrs. Green's slate for about an
+hour, wrote as follows: "Grandpa, take your slate from under the stand,"
+which I immediately did, and on the slate was written, "I peeled the
+banana, and ate some of it, too; your little Julia Muth."
+
+We removed the cloth covering from the stand and found the peelings on
+the floor, and on my slate the banana divided in four equal parts after
+the end piece had disappeared. We searched diligently, but without our
+effort being rewarded by the discovery of the missing portion of the
+fruit. Whither had it gone?
+
+The _Cincinnati Daily Enquirer_ is a leading as well as an extensively
+circulated paper, published at Cincinnati, Ohio, and, in October, 1881,
+Mrs. Green was visited by a reporter of that paper, who was present at two
+of her trumpet seances. Although probably not a believer, he turned out to
+be a fair minded man who would not allow his prejudices, if he had any, to
+interfere with an honest account of what he saw and witnessed. In three
+issues of that paper, to wit, October 16th, 18th and 21st, 1881, appeared
+his report of a visit to Mrs. Green, and two seances he attended. They are
+here inserted, in the order of the dates given.
+
+Issue of October 16th:
+
+"In a neatly furnished suit of rooms over No. 309 Longworth street lives
+Mrs. L. S. Green, a spiritualist medium. Upon her last evening a
+representative of the _Enquirer_ called. He was cordially received by the
+lady's husband, being tendered a seat in a parlor in which was a piano, a
+pretty set of furniture; while an old-fashioned kerosene lamp threw its
+brightest rays over the room from a mantel-piece. Seated in a
+rocking-chair was Mrs. Green, plainly dressed, of a modest and retiring
+disposition, and features that stamped her as a faithful and loving wife.
+The mission of the newspaper man was quickly explained. Her husband
+replied that as a rule mediums avoided reporters, as they were liable to
+distort and ridicule their statements. But where the thing is conducted
+honestly and openly, 'I can not,' he said, 'see what we have to fear from
+publication.'
+
+"In reply to a question, Mrs. Green said that she was about thirty-eight
+years old, and had been a clairvoyant since 1868, her first mediumistic
+inclinations having developed that year. Her history since that time as a
+spiritualist has been quite full of interest. Previous to her becoming a
+medium she was a member of the Christian Church, and was as great a
+skeptic as one could find. So, in fact, was her husband. While a member of
+the Indiana Legislature in 1867 he attended a seance, where he received a
+message from his dead mother. At a subsequent one, another spiritual
+letter came to him, telling him that his wife possessed the powers of a
+medium, and asking him to bring her to one of the circles. After some
+persuasion he finally gained her consent to go. She there saw her first
+spirits, that of an uncle of the medium of the assemblage, who had his
+head cut off by a train of cars. From that time her powers began to
+develop, showing themselves in messages that she wrote on paper or beheld
+in the air. Spirits as high as five hundred a day presented themselves to
+her view. Her continued increase as a medium so worked upon her that she
+lost her health, and she was compelled for the time being to abandon the
+business. About twelve months ago she resumed her writing--this time on
+slates. Messages Were written on the inside of folded slates, and often,
+after a seance, a fluid would be found on the outside of the slate, which,
+unless washed off then, could never be removed. This had been taken to
+chemist after chemist for analysis, and one and all had failed to make any
+thing out of it.
+
+"One evening a small lock of hair was found in the corner of the slate, in
+the center of which was a small lead pencil. At that time this was
+believed to have been placed there by some one in the circle. It was
+folded in a piece of paper to be retained, but the next day it
+disappeared. From this time out Mrs. Green's materializing abilities
+began. She had great success in her seances, and frequently described
+catastrophes which, on the following morning, were found to be exceedingly
+accurate. She foreshadowed the explosion of the steamer Pat Rogers, and
+graphically described the collision of the United States with the America.
+The details of a fire at a neighboring place one evening were recited by
+her. The next day it was learned that the hour and facts were most
+wonderfully correct.
+
+"While the reporter and his friend were talking Mrs. Green called their
+attention to two spirits who were standing besides them, one a
+brother-in-law of the first-named, and the other a friend of the latter
+who died twelve years ago. Both were accurately described, much to the
+surprise and astonishment of the two skeptics. Mrs. Green, in explaining
+her power, said that she was entirely controlled by one spirit, and that
+when she first began to work it was shown by slaps on the hand, by shocks
+in her arms, etc. She did only as her influence compelled her to act, and
+while writing, etc., she knew not what she did, much to the surprise and
+astonishment of the two skeptics. Many startling results of seances were
+recited, such as the sounding of trumpets, the ringing of bells, singing,
+and the appearance of different spirits were detailed."
+
+Insertion of October 18th:
+
+"Mrs. L. S. Green, the medium, gave a seance last evening to a few
+friends at her house, No. 309 Longworth street. There were five people
+present, three of whom were skeptics of the worst kind. The gathering was
+seated in a medium-sized; plainly-furnished room. In the center was a
+small stand, over which was placed a heavy green spread. As an opening,
+the lady took a small slate upon which was laid a bit of slate pencil.
+This she held with one hand in under the table, and several messages were
+written on it in a clear and distinct hand. Then the cloth was removed,
+and on the table were placed a bell, two slates, washed clean, a glass of
+water, and a leather trumpet. At some distance from the medium stood a
+guitar, leaning against the wall, and a large trumpet, while near the
+newspaper man were two small trumpets. The light was then extinguished,
+the doors locked, and the seance begun. All took hold of hands, and one of
+the party sang. In a few minutes came a gentle tapping on the slates, then
+the bell rang violently, seeming to pass through air, returning and
+falling on the floor. The various members were touched about the face and
+body, and one exceedingly lady-like spirit took occasion to rub her hand
+down the reporter's face, testing fully the power of his nervous system.
+Singing was continued, when the guitar was heard to play, rising in the
+air, apparently passing around over the different persons' heads, hitting
+them lightly in the face, and finally landing in the reportorial lap.
+
+"A breathing spell was taken when one of the party varied the programme
+with a selection upon the orgamina. The favorite old song, 'John Brown,'
+was given, and it pleased the spirits hugely, as a deep bass voice was
+heard to join in with an occasional blast from the trumpet. Then the
+trumpet took a trip around the circle, announcing its coming with a rap on
+the head or shoulders of each one. The bell rose in the air tingling
+rapidly and landed this time on the table. The familiar taps on the person
+were continued, then there was a tremendous note from the trumpet, and a
+sweet voice joined in with Mrs. Green, as she sang, 'Nearer My God to
+Thee.' Although the manifestations were quite good, especially to the
+reporter, who was continually dodging imaginary trumpets and blows, the
+medium said the weather was bad for the most satisfactory work. The
+spirits announced that they were about ready to depart by a loud rap on
+the table and a sprinkling of those present with water. The light being
+turned on, the following communication was found on one of the slates:
+
+"'Good evening, gentlemen. We are glad to meet you. The spirit band of the
+medium authorize and request me to thank the representative of that great
+metropolitan journal, the _Enquirer_, for the terms employed in reference
+to their medium and her gifts in yesterday's issue of that paper. This
+treatment, so rare, betokens a spirit of candor and fairness commensurate
+with this transcendently important subject. We extend you a cordial
+invitation to visit us whenever and as often as it suits your convenience,
+and we shall always endeavor to treat you with courtesy and respect.
+
+ "'NETTIE.'
+
+"The lines were very regular, the i's and t's are dotted, and the
+signature was especially plain, it being the name of one of Mrs. Green's
+controls."
+
+The third and last appeared in the issue of October 21st, and is as
+follows:
+
+
+"QUITE INTERESTING--A SEANCE HELD LAST EVENING--SKEPTICS AND BELIEVERS
+ASSEMBLE TOGETHER.
+
+"A very interesting seance was held last evening at the residence of Mrs.
+L. S. Green, 309 Longworth street. Seven persons were present, including
+two mediums. The spirits were unusually frisky, and the manifestations
+were particularly gratifying to the believers, and rather dumbfounding to
+the skeptics. The arrangements and room were the same as in the others
+previously described, except that there were more musicians present. Very
+excellent music was rendered by an orgamina, a violin, a guitar, and a
+music-box. The selections given were sweet enough to summon the most
+bashful friends of the medium from their spiritualistic retreat. The
+departed were less inclined to epistolary efforts, and slate-writing was
+not conducted with any favorable results.
+
+"During the evening one of the gentlemen sang a Swedish song, accompanying
+himself on the guitar. A female voice at one time, and a powerful bass
+later, were heard plainly in concert with him. The human singer alleged
+quite emphatically that his spiritual aids rendered the air in the same
+language he did. The guitar took numerous trips around the room, sometimes
+high in the air, again touching those present on the head and different
+parts of the body. A huge tin trumpet was blown most furiously, the blast
+sounding like the greatest effort of the bass-horn. Then it was pounded
+and thumped, creating a most awful din. This was explained as being the
+doings of a very powerfully materialized spirit. The statement was
+acquiesced in by a skeptic, who received a vigorous whack on the knee,
+fully convincing him that muscle, lots of it, too, backed the trumpet.
+
+"A little music-box was taken from the table and wafted through the room,
+playing its peculiarly sweet airs all the time as it sailed toward the
+ceiling and over those about the table. It could be heard in every corner,
+high and low, and if a medium or friend was carrying it, said person must
+have been exceedingly lively, climbing over chairs, a bed, etc., without
+making any noise. It was claimed that when the box ran down it was wound
+up by those who took it through the air.
+
+"Whenever songs were sung, or selections were played upon the instruments,
+soprano or bass voices joined in plain to all present. Members were
+delicately touched in the face and body. The tolling of a great bell was
+most cleverly imitated, and a little one was rung frequently. The spirits
+of loved ones were reported as standing at the sides of different members,
+some of whom were quickly recognized by the description given. Water was
+sprinkled on all, and the goblet filled with this fluid was passed around,
+touching some in the face, others on the body. No communications were
+received except very brief ones."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIV.
+
+EXTRACTS FROM EACH OF TWO FUNERAL DISCOURSES BY BISHOP SIMPSON AND REV. W.
+H. THOMAS, D. D., WITH CONCLUSIONS OF C. G. HELLEBERG.
+
+
+In closing it has been deemed advisable and proper to append an extract
+from each of two funeral discourses delivered by two eminent divines--one
+the eminent Methodist Bishop, Mr. Simpson, and the other a distinguished
+minister of Chicago, who, of late, experienced some little annoyance from
+his flock, who were mere sticklers for forms and creeds, and because their
+shepherd had grown a little beyond their cramped and narrow limits.
+
+
+BISHOP SIMPSON.
+
+"The very grave itself is a passage into the beautiful and glorious. We
+have laid our friends in the grave, but they are around us. The little
+children that sat upon our knee, into whose eyes we looked with love,
+whose little hands have clasped our neck, on whose cheek we have imprinted
+the kiss, we can almost feel the throbbing of their hearts to-day. They
+have passed from us, but where are they? Just beyond the line of the
+invisible. And the fathers and mothers who educated us, that directed and
+comforted us, where are they but just beyond the line of the invisible?
+The associates of our lives that walked along life's pathway, those with
+whom we took sweet counsel and who dropped from our side, where are they
+but just beyond us? not far away; but now it may be very near us. Is there
+any thing to alarm us in this thought? No. It seems to me that sometimes
+when my head is on the pillow there come whispers as of joy that drop into
+my heart--thoughts of the sublime and beautiful and glorious, as though
+some angel's wing passed over my brow, and some dear one sat by my pillow
+and communed with my heart to raise my affections to the other and better
+world. The invisible is not dark, it is glorious. Sometimes the veil
+becomes so thin it seems to me that I can almost see the bright forms
+through it, and my bending ear can almost hear the voices of those who are
+singing their melodious strains. Oh, there is music all around us, though
+in the busy scenes of life we recognize it not. The veil of the future
+will soon be lifted and the invisible shall appear."
+
+
+REV. W. H. THOMAS, D. D., OF CHICAGO.
+
+"How can we linger over the bier of the departed and go in the eventide to
+their graves, and sit down in the stillness there, hoping in some way to
+come in communion with them. They carry their loves over to the other
+side, and is it unreasonable to suppose that a mother who has passed from
+these shores should still seek to be the guardian angel of the children
+she watched over in this life? Is it unreasonable that the great hosts of
+life, column on column, world on world, that have gone out from this
+state, should seek to come with their higher wisdom and tenderer sympathy
+to minister to those they loved in this life, and help them to cling to
+the truth that saves? To me this doctrine of the spirit life, the
+eminence and presence of helping and guiding spirits is a comforting
+thought. It brings me into the presence of the innumerable host that
+people the spirit land. It gives me somehow a consciousness of the great
+fact of immortality. It gives me a sweet consciousness that my friends
+live on the other shore; that to me they will come as ministering angels
+in the dying hour to receive the spirit, tired by work, weakened by
+sickness, wearied with years, pale from death, and bear it to the love and
+life above."
+
+ * * * * *
+
+If these utterances are not in harmony with spiritualism, and its central
+and prominent idea of the very nearness of our spirit friends and the
+spirit world, then I am wholly incapable of recognizing and understanding
+the force of plain and direct language. They can have but one meaning, and
+that in perfect accordance with spiritualism.
+
+I find these extracts published in the Auburn _Advertiser_, of New York,
+from which I copied them. There they are; read them carefully, and then
+propound the question to your own heart and intelligence, namely: What
+does all this mean if spiritualism be false? And if spiritualism be true,
+how can these men and those holding similar views, oppose spiritualism and
+be consistent and maintain their self-respect?
+
+ C. G. HELLEBERG.
+
+
+
+
+Footnotes:
+
+[1] This has reference to forget-me-not seeds which she sent me from
+Sweden.
+
+[2] This Polheim was Sweden's greatest architect, mathematician and
+builder, who projected the canal between Stockholm and Gottenburg.
+
+
+
+
+Transcriber's Notes:
+
+Passages in italics are indicated by _italics_.
+
+Punctuation has been corrected without note.
+
+Errata corrections have been applied to the text.
+
+Errors in the Errata page and line number references have been corrected
+without note.
+
+The following misprints have been corrected:
+ "Erhenborg" corrected to "Ehrenborg" (ToC)
+ "the the" corrected to "the" (page 19)
+ "Swendenborg" corrected to "Swedenborg" (page 45)
+ "acqainted" corrected to "acquainted" (page 54)
+ "enternal" corrected to "eternal" (page 69)
+ "farcial" corrected to "farcical" (page 70)
+ "achievment" corrected to "achievement" (page 92)
+ "enlightment" corrected to "enlightenment" (page 93)
+ "spiriritual" corrected to "spiritual" (page 161)
+ "righteouness" corrected to "righteousness" (page 168)
+ "afteward" corrected to "afterward" (page 177)
+ "Chistian" corrected to "Christian" (page 199)
+ "succeessful" corrected to "successful" (page 201)
+ missing "by" added (page 216)
+ "beyong" corrected to "beyond" (page 239)
+ "J." standardized to "T." (page 211)
+
+Other than the corrections listed above, inconsistencies in spelling and
+hyphenation have been retained from the original.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of A Book Written by the Spirits of the
+So-Called Dead, by C. G. Helleberg
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A BOOK WRITTEN BY THE ***
+
+***** This file should be named 36009.txt or 36009.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ http://www.gutenberg.org/3/6/0/0/36009/
+
+Produced by Bryan Ness and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was
+produced from images generously made available by The
+Internet Archive.)
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.